HomeMy WebLinkAboutWindsor Spring Road Phase IV & V
Augusta Richmond GA
DOCUMENT NAME: WiVldS()( S'pr'110 ~rzl
flf)C.{, ($ (V l- V
DOCUMENT TYPE: Cl0reefl'l..eXl +
YEAR: ;}.()6 I
BOX NUMBER: l ?-
FILE NUMBER: / S 5/ :J
NUMBER OF PAGES: ;2QS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~'1.JZ it /-:) -~~ 'I :J~
CONSUlL 1f ANT SERVliCJES AGREEr\'~Fl\T
FOR
A1IJGUSl'A-R~CHMOND COUNTY
\V1NDSOR SP~{fNG ROAlD
PHASES IV & V
PROJECT NUMBERS: 323-0~-299823766 & J2J-04-299:r!3735
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONSULTANT SERVICES AGREEMENT
FOR
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
WTh-nSOR SPRING ROAD
PHASES IV & V
PROJECT NOS.: 323-04-299823766 & 323-04-299823786
GEORGIA DEP ARTMlGNT OF TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS
STP-7007 (6), P. J. NO. 250610
BRSLB-7007 (7), P. I. NO. 250615
STP-1l05 (4), P. I. NO 245320
BHSLB-ll05 (5), P. I. NO. 245325
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rev 6/4/0 I
CONSULTANT SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
AUGUST A-RICHMOND COUNTY
1815 MARVIN GRIFFIN ROAD
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
AND
JORDAN, JONES & GOULDING, INC.
This Agreement is made and entered into this 3 day of ~, 2001, by and
between the AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY, an agency of the State of Geor~ia, hereinafter called
the "COUNTY", and JORDAN, JONES & GOULDING, INC., a Company authorized to do business
in Georgia, hereinafter called the "CONSULTANT".
WHEREAS, the COUNTY desires to engage a qualified and experienced consultant to perform certain
professional services relative to:
WlNDSOR SPRING ROAD, PHASES IV & V
Project Nos. 323..04-299823766 & 323-04-299823786
such numbered projects hereinafter called the "PROJECT"; and said PROJECT is currently a part of the
Six Year Construction Work Plan for the Georgia Department of Transportation , hereinafter called the
"DEPARTMENT"; and is identified by the DEPARTMENT by the following:
STP-7007 (6), P. 1. NO. 250610
BRSLB-7007 (7), P. I. NO. 250615
STP-J.105 (4), P. I. NO 245320
BHSLB-1105 (5), P. I. NO. 245325
WHEREAS, the CONSULTANT represented to the COUNTY that it is experienced and qualified to
provide those services and the COUNTY has relied upon such representation.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is
agreed by and between the COUNTY and the CONSULTANT that:
2
I
I
I
ARTICLE I
SCOPE AND PROCEDURE
I
The Scope: and Procedure of the PROJECT shall generally follow the standard procedure for project
development as outlined by the DEPARTMENT in their typical scope of work, as stated in Exhibit "A"
and referenced exhibits and appendices, as attached hereto and incorporated here by reference. The
following description of the PROJECT ar.d outline of scope of work shall define the responsibilities of
the CONSULTANT for this Agreement, and shall govern over any conflicts with the DEPARTMENT'S
standard procedures.
I
I
I
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
I
Project Limits Windsor Spring Road from SR 88 to Tobacco Road in Augusta-Richmond County,
Georgia. Improvements to the intersection at SR 88 and its approaches are anticipated.
Improvements to any side roads intersecting with Windsor Spring Road is limited to the
immediate approaches at the intersection, and will not include the addition of basic lanes
on the side roads, but ma include the addition of turn lanes.
Typical Section The roadway typical section for Windsor Spring Road shall be a four-lane roadway and
will include bike laces, outside curb & utter and sidewalks.
Major Slructures 1. Reconstruction (replacement) of the Windsor Spring Road bridge over Norfolk
Southern Railroad.
I
I
I
2.
of the Windsor S
I
I
Retainin Walls
Traffic Signals
Onl minor GDOT ~;tandard walls antici ated.
1. Windsor Spring Road at SR 88.
2. Windsor Spring Road at Willis Foreman Road.
3. Windsor Spring Road at Lincolnton Parkway.
4. Windsor S rin Road at Tobacco Road.
I
I
Funding
. Construction: State and Federal
.
I
Construction
Specifications &
Details
Lettin
Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Standard Details, and
Construction Details.
Let as two Construction Contracts b the DEPARTMENT
I
I
I
3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SCOPE OF WORK
(A List of Tasks is Outlined in the CONSULTANT'S Fee Proposal, included as Exhibit "C")
Concept Development The CONSULTANT shall prepare concept layouts, shall conduct a traffic
study (including projections and analysis), and shall prepare a Concept
Report for approval by the COUNTY, the DEPARTMENT and FHW A.
Database Preparation The CONSULTANT shall prepare mapping and perform field surveys as
necessary to provide a topographic and property database suitable for the
design of the PROJECT.
Environmental The CONSULTANT shall prepare a NEPA Categorical Exclusion or
Documentation Environmental Assessment/Section 4(f) Document, as deemed appropriate
by GDOT ar_d FHW A, including all appropriate environmental studies to
support the document, and shall assist in conducting required Public
Information Meeting(s) and one Public Hearing.
Preliminary Plans The CONSULTANT shall prepare Preliminary Roadway and Bridge Plans
in accordance with current DEPARTMENT guidelines in sufficient detail
to define required right of way to construct and maintain the PROJECT.
Included in this phase of work is the performance of hydraulic studies, a
Soil Survey and Bridge Foundation Investigation.
Right of Way Plans The CONSULTANT shall prepare Right of Way Plans in accordance with
current DEPARTMENT guidelines in sufficient detail for the COUNTY to
acquire required right of way and easements, and shall stake all required
right of way and easements.
Final Construction The CONSULTANT shall prepare Final Roadway and Bridge Plans in
Plans accordance with current DEPARTMENT guidelines in sufficient detail to
be let by the DEPARTMENT.
Specifically NOT 1. Right of Way acquisition.
Included as Part of the 2. Bidding, letting, or construction administration and inspection services.
CONSULTANT'S
Scope of Work
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE IT
COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES
The CONSULTANT shall comply with the relevant requirements of all Federal, State and local laws.
The CONSULTANT warrants that it has ::lOt employed or retained any company or person, other than a
bona fide employee working solely for the CONSULTANT, to solicit or secure this Agreement, and that
it has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely
for the CONSULTANT, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gifts, or any consideration,
contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation ofthis
warranty, 1he COUNTY shall have the right to annul this Agreement without liability, or, in its discretion
to deduct ::rom the Agreement price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee,
commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or contingent fee.
ARTICLE ill
"REVIEW OF WORK
Authorized representatives of the COUNTY, DEPARTMENT and Federal Highway Administration may
at all rea~:onable times review and inspect the PROJECT activities and data collected under this
Agreement and amendments thereto. All reports, drawings, studies, specifications, estimates, maps and
computations, prepared by or for the COKSUL T ANT, shall be available to authorized representatives of
the COU1\TY, DEPARTMENT and Federal Highway Administration for inspection and review at all
reasonable times in the offices of the COUNTY, General Offices of the DEPARTMENT or the office of
the CONSULTANT as determined by the COUNTY or the DEPARTMENT. Acceptance shall not
relieve the CONSULTANT of its professional obligation to correct, at its expense, any of its errors in the
work. The CONSULTANT shall incorporate the COUNTY'S and the DEPARTMENT'S review
recommendations into the plans.
ARTICLE IV
AUTHORIZATION AND APPROVAL
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE IN THIS AGREEMENT. The CONSULTANT shall begin work under this
Agreement not later than ten (10) days after the effective date of notification to proceed is transmitted to
it by the COUNTY, or three (3) days after receipt of notification, whichever is later, and shall complete
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
all work a~ outlined in ARTICLE I and Exhibit "A", which document is attached hereto and incorporated
as if fully ~:et out herein.
The work shall be carried out expeditiously and in general accordance with the schedule of activities
contained herein Exhibit "B". It is understood, however, that this agreement may be extended or
continued :.n force by mutual consent of the parties and evidenced in written contract hereto. It is not the
intent of this Article or this agreement that the CONSULTANT is authorized to use premium payor
overtime pay in prosecution of the work. Unless specifically authorized in writing by the COUNTY no
such premium payor overtime will be com:idered compensable by the COUNTY and will not be paid.
ARTICLE V
RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS AND LIABILITY
The CON~:ULTANT hereby indemnifies and holds harmless the COUNTY and the DEPARTMENT,
their officers, agents and employees from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses
arising out of the CONSULTANT's negligent acts, errors or omissions in the performance of its
professional services under this Agreement.
It is understood by the CONSULTANT that claims, damages, losses and expenses may include monetary
claims male by the DEPARTMENT'S construction contractor for the PROJECT, and its related
facilities, flat are a result of the CONSULTANT'S negligence or improper representation in the plans.
These inde~nnities shall not be limited by reason of the limits of any insurance coverage.
ARTICLE VI
INSURANCE
Prior to beginning work, the CONSULTANT shall obtain and furnish certificates to the COUNTY for
the following minimum amounts of insurance:
1. Workmen's Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. Insurance
shall be maintained in full force and effect during the life of the Agreement.
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Public Liability Insurance in an amount of not less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for
injurie 5, including those resulting in dl~ath to anyone person, and in an amount of not less than three
hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) on an account of anyone occurrence. Insurance shall be
maintained in full force and effect during the life of the Agreement.
3. Property Damage Insurance in an amount of not less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) from
damag'~s on account of any occurrence, with an aggregate limit of one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000). Insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the life ofthe Agreement.
4. Valuable Par>ers Insurance in an amount sufficient to assure the restoration of any plans, drawings,
field notes, electronic data, or other similar data relating to the work covered by the PROJECT.
Insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the life of the Agreement.
5. Profes!;ional Liability (Errors and Omissions) Insurance in the amount of not less than one million
dollars ($1,000,000) per claim (with a maximum of $250,000 deductible per claim) during the
agreement term and for a period of at least five years after the agreement is closed. Such policy shall
cover all of the CONSULTANT'S professional liabilities, whether occasioned by the
CONSULTANT, his employees, subconsultants, or other agents, arising out of services performed
under or in accordance with this agreement.
ARTICLE VII
COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT
It is agreec. by the parties hereto that the COUNTY will pay for work completed by the CONSULTANT
under the l:erms of this Agreement a lump sum amount of nine hundred ninety-nine thousand, nine
hundred fifty-two dollars and seventy-one cents ($999,952.71), which is the maximum allowable cost
without amendments to this agreement. The lump sum amount constitutes compensation for all of the
ENGINEER'S salary costs, general and administrative overhead, direct project expenses, and profit.
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE VIll
SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES
If, prior to the satisfactory completion of the services under this agreement, the CONSULTANT deems
that the COUNTY or the DEPARTME:\TT materially changed the scope, character, complexity or
duration of the services from those required under the basic Agreement, the CONSULTANT shall notify
the COUNTY in writing within two weeks of such change and request a supplemental agreement. Upon
approval by the COUNTY a supplemental agreement may be executed between the parties. It is
acknowledged by the COUNTY and the CONSULTANT that minor changes in the proposal that do not
involve in Greased compensation, extension of time, or changes in the goals and objectives of the
PROJECT may be made by written notification of such change by either the COUNTY or the
CONSULTANT with written approval by the other party.
ARTICLE IX
PARTIAL PAYMENT
Payments for the PROJECT shall be made based on the percentage of work completed and substantiated
by progres:; reports. Such progress reports shall be based on percent complete by Scope of Work Phase,
and will bf: checked by the COUNTY. Monthly payments will be made in the amount of 100% of the
proportional amount of the lump sum fee.
Should the work under this Agreement be terminated by the COUNTY, pursuant to the provisions of
Article XIV, the CONSULTANT shall be :.:>aid based upon the percentage of work completed at the point
of termination.
ARTICLE X
YINAL PAYMENT
Upon corr.pletion, delivery and acceptance of all work contemplated under the PROJECT, the
CONSULTANT shall submit only one final invoice statement for the balance of the lump sum amount.
At such time, payment of 100% of the lump sum amount, less the total of all previous payments, shall be
paid by the COUNTY to the CONSULTANT.
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Except as may be changed by the provIsIons of ARTICLE vm, SUBSTANTIAL CHANGES, the
maximum total compensation payable will not exceed the estimated total costs as described in ARTICLE
VII, COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT.
The CONSULTANT agrees that acceptanl~e of this final payment shall be in full and final settlement of
all claims arising against the COUNTY for work done, materials furnished, costs incurred, or otherwise
arising out of this Agreement and shall release the COUNTY from any and all further claims of whatever
nature, wh~ther known or unknown for and on account of said Agreement, and for any and all work done,
and labor md materials furnished, in connection with same.
ARTICLE XI
MAINTENANCE OF CONTRACT COST RECORDS
The CONEUL T ANT shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records and other evidence
pertaining to costs incurred on the Project and used in support of its proposal and shall make such
material available at all reasonable times during the period of the Agreement and for three (3) years from
the date of final payment under the Agreement, for inspection by the COUNTY or any reviewing
agencies, and copies thereof shall be furnished upon request. The CONSULTANT agrees that the
provisions of this Article shall be included in any Agreements it may make with any subcontractor,
assignee or transferee.
ARTICLE XII
SUBLETTING, ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER
It is understood by the parties to this Agreement that the Work of the CONSULTANT is considered
personal by the COUNTY. The CONSULTANT agrees not to assign, sublet or transfer any or all of its
interest in this Agreement without prior written approval of the COUNTY. The COUNTY reserves the
right to review all subcontracts prepared in connection with the Agreement, and the CONSULTANT
agrees th2.t it shall submit to the COUNTY proposed sub-contract documents together with
sub-contractor cost estimates for the COUNTY'S review and written concurrence in advance of their
execution.
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All sub-contracts m the amount of $10,000 or more shall include the proVIsIOns set forth m this
Agreemen-:.
ARTICLE XIII
OWNERSIDP OF DOCUMENTS
The CONSULTANT agrees that all reports, drawings, studies, specifications, survey notes, estimates,
maps, computations, computer files and other data, prepared for the PROJECT under the terms of this
Agreement shall be delivered to the COUNTY for the purpose of being delivered to, become and remain
the propeny of the DEPARTMENT upon termination or completion of the work. The DEPARTMENT
shall have the right to use same without restriction or limitation and without compensation to the
CONSULTANT other than that provided for in this Agreement.
Any use o~o these documents by the DEPARTMENT or the COUNTY on any project other than this one
shall be done without warranty by the CONSULTANT.
ARTICLE XIV
TERMINATION
The COUNTY reserves the right to terminate this Agreement at any time for just cause, or for any cause,
upon thirty (30) days written notice to the CONSULTANT, notwithstanding any just claims by the
CONSULTANT for payment for services rendered prior to the date of notice of termination. Failure to
meet the time set out for the various phases in Article IV may be considered just cause for termination.
Failure to maintain the design team represented to the COUNTY may be considered just cause for
termination.
ARTICLE XV
PUBLICATION AND PUBLICITY
Articles, papers, bulletins, data, studies, statistics, interim or final reports, oral transmittals or any other
materials reporting the plans, progress, analyses, results, or findings of work conducted under this
Agreement shall not be presented publicly or published without prior written approval by the COUNTY.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED that all releases of information, findings, and recommendations shall include
a disclaimer provision and that all published reports shall include that disclaimer on the cover and title
page in the following form:
10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
"The contents of this publication reflect the views of the author(s), who is (are) responsible
for the facts and accuracy of the data presented herein. The opinions, findings, and conclusions
in this publication are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the official views or
policies of Augusta-Richmond County; the Department of Transportation, State of Georgia; or
the Federal Highway Administration. This publication does not constitute a standard,
specification or regulation."
IT IS FURTHER AGREED that if any intl)rmation concerning the PROJECT, its conduct, results or data
gathered or processed should be released by the CONSULTANT without prior approval from the
COUNTY, the release of the same shall constitute grounds for termination of this Agreement without
indemnity to the CONSULTANT; but should any such information be released by the COUNTY or the
DEPARTIvIENT, or by the CONSULTANT with such prior written approval, the same shall be regarded
as public information and no longer subject to the restriction of this Agreement.
Provided, however, that should the release of such information be required under the Georgia Open
Records Act, Section 50-18-70, et seq., O.c.G.A., the restrictions and penalties set forth herein shall not
apply. Any request for information directed to the CONSULTANT, pursuant to the Georgia Open
Records Act, for documents that are either received or maintained by the CONSULTANT in the
performance of a service or function for or on behalf of the COUNTY or the DEPARTMENT shall be
released pursuant to provisions of the Act. Further, the CONSULTANT agrees to consult with the
COUNTY and the DEPARTMENT prior to releasing the requested documents.
ARTICLE XVI
COPYRIGHTING
The CON~:UL T ANT and the COUNTY agree that any papers, interim reports, forms, and other material
which are :l part of work under this Agreement are to be deemed a 'work made for hire", as such term is
defined in the Copyright Laws of the United States. As a "work made for hire", all copyright interests in
said wor~ will vest in the COUNTY upon creation of the copyrightable work. If any papers, interim
reports, fOlms, or other material which are a part of work under this Agreement are deemed by law not to
be a "work made for hire", any copyright interests of the CONSULTANT are hereby assigned completely
11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
and solely to the COUNTY. Publication rights to any works produced under this Agreement are reserved
by the COUNTY."
ARTICLE XVII
PATENT RIGHTS
If patentable discoveries or inventions should result from work described herein, all rights accruing from
such discoveries or inventions will be the sole property of the CONSULTANT. However, the
CONSULTANT agrees to and does hereby grant to the COUNTY, an irrevocable, non-exclusive,
non-transferable and royalty-free license to practice each invention in the manufacture, use and
dispositior.o according to law of any article or material and in use of any method that may be developed as
a part of the work under this Agreement.
ARTICLE xvm
CONTRACT DISPUTES
This Agreement shall be deemed to have been executed in Richmond County, Georgia, and all questions
of interpreo:ation and con"struction shall be governed by the Laws of the State of Georgia.
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Consultant arising out of or
relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond
County, G~orgia. The CONSULTANT, by executing this Agreement, specifically consents to venue in
Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County,
Georgia.
12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE XIX
COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW
IT IS AGREED that the CONSULTANT shall comply and shall require its subcontractors to comply
with the regulations for COMPLIANCE WITH TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, as
amended, and 23 CFR 200 as stated in Exhibit "D" of this Agreement. Exhibit "D" is hereby expressly
incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.
IT IS FURTHER CERTIFIED that the provisions of Section 50-24-1 through Section 50-24-6 of the
Official Code of Georgia Annotated, relating to the "Drug-Free Workplace Act" have been complied with
in full.
ARTICLE XX
LITIGATION ASSISTANCE
The Scope of Services does not include costs of the CONSULTANT for required or requested assistance
to support, prepare, document, bring, defend, or assist in litigation undertaken or defended by the
COUNTY. All such services required or requested of the CONSULTANT by the COUNTY, except for
suits in which the CONSULTANT is a paTty, will be reimbursed at the rates set forth in Exhibit "C" for
labor and travel expense, unless otherwise agreed to.
ARTICLE XXI
MINORITY P ARTICIP A TION
The CONSULTANT agrees to subcontract ten percent (10%) of the total dollar value of this contract to a
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. A "D:sadvantaged Business Enterprise" is a small business concern,
as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and implementing regulations, which is
owned and controlled by one or more minorities or women. Owned and controlled means a business:
A. Which is at least fifty-one percent (51 %) owned by one or more minorities or women or, in the case of
a publicly owned business, has at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the stock owned by one or more
minorities :lr women; and
13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals.
C. The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise shall be prequalified with the DEPARTMENT. The
covenants herein contained shall, except as otherwise provided, accrue to the benefit of and be binding
upon the S'lccessors and assignees of the parties hereto.
14
I
I
I
I
I ~BO
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said parties have hereunto set
their seals the day and year above first written:
ATTEST:
A /Ylt'j,
~ er, Clerk of Commission
JORDAN, JONES & GOULDING,INC.
CONSULT ANT
B~S~~O
SIGNED, SEALED & DELIVERED IN THE
l;of1ntJr
SS
J rt~'DA Y OF j U. ~t; ,200 \
~~~~
TARY
~ Publlc, DsKaIb County. GsorgIa
00lf ~ ExpIres Apirt 5. 20M
<
I attest that the Corporate Seal attached to this
Document is in fact the seal of the Corporation
and that the Officer of this Corporation
executing this Document does in fact occupy
the official position indicated and is duly
authorized to execute such document on behalf
of this Corporation
ATTEST:
{} a~
58-0907412
FEDERAL EMPLOYEE TAX NO.
SIGNATURE PAGE "A"
15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CERTIFICATION OF AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
S rATE OF GEORGIA
I hereby certify that I am the Administrator of the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and that the
above con:mlting firm or his representative has not been required, directly or indirectly as an express or
implied condition in connection with obtaining or carrying out this Agreement to:
(a:, employ or retain, or agree to employ or retain, any firm or person, or
(b) pay, or agree to pay, to any fiml, person, or organization, any fee, contribution, donation, or
consideration of any kind, except as here expressly stated (if any).
I acknowl ;:dge that this certificate is to be furnished to the Georgia Department of Transportation,
Federal Highway Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, in connection with this Agreement
involving participation of Federal-aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal
Laws, both criminal and civil.
??JI/ rJL
DA E
George R. Kolb, Administrator
TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE
SIGNATURE PAGE "B"
16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CERTIFICATION OF CONSULTANT
I hereby certify that I am the
&.O,D.
and authorized representative of the firm of
Jordan, Jones & Goulding. Inc. whose address is 6801 Governors Lake Parkway, Norcross, Georgia
30071 and that neither I nor the above fimL I hereby represent has:
(a:' employed or retained for a commission, percentage, brokerage contingent fee, or other
considerat.on, any firm or person (other than a bona fide employee working solely for me or the above
CONSULTANT) to solicit or secure this Agreement.
(b) agreed, as an express or implie:d condition for obtaining this contract, to employ or retain the
services of any firm or person in connection with carrying out the agreement, or
(c) paid, or agreed to pay, to any firm, organization or person (other than a bona fide employee
working solely for me or the above CONSULTANT) any fee, contribution, donation, or consideration of
any kind for, or in connection with, procuring or carrying out the agreement; except as here expressly
stated (if any):
I acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County, the Department of
Transportation and the Federal Highway Administration, U. S. Department of Transportation, in
connection with this Agreement involving: participation of Federal-aid Highway funds, and is subject to
applicable State and Federal Laws, both criminal and civil.
nH~ s~/~
~:h&(r ll?~ A. g vrl r; If\.
TYPE OR PRINT NAME
SIGNATURE PAGE "C"
17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CERTIFICATION OF CONSULTANT
DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
I hereby certify that I am a principal and duly authorized representative of Jordan, Jones & Goulding,
Inc. whose address is 6801 Governors Lake Parkway, Norcross, Georgia 30071 and it is also certified
that:
(1) The provisions of Section 50-24-1 :hrough 50-24-6 of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated,
relating to the "Drug-Free Workplace Act" have been complied with in full; and
(2) A drug-free workplace will be provided for the CONSULTANT's employees during the performance
of the contract; and
(3) Each :;ubcontractor hired by the CONSULTANT shall be required to ensure that the subcontractor's
employees are provided a drug-free workplace. The CONSULTANT shall secure from that
subcontractor the following written certification: "As part of the subcontracting agreement with the
"PRIMARY CONSULTANT', the "SUB-CONSULTANT' certifies that a drug-free workplace will be
provided for the sub-contractor's employees during the performance of this contract pursuant to
paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated Section 50-24-3"; and
(4) It is certified that the undersigned will not engage in unlawful manufacture, sale, distribution,
dispensation, possession, or use of a controlled substance or marijuana during the performance of the
contract.
Da~/11 ~
i~L~
Sig::1ature
~es A. gv-H~~
TYPE OR PRINT NAME
SIGNATURE PAGE "D"
18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PRIMARY CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND
OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MA TIERS
I hereby certify that I am the ? . [) , O. and authorized representative of the firm of
Jordan, Jcnes & Goulding, Inc. whose address is 6801 Governors Lake Parkway, Norcross, Georgia
30071, and I certify that I have read and understand the attached instructions and that to the best of my
knowledge and belief the firm and its representatives:
(a) Are' nJt presently, debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions by Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of
Transporu.tion and by any Federal department or agency;
(b) Have not within a three-year perioc~ preceding this Agreement been convicted of or had a civil
judgment rendered against the firm or its representatives for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in
connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain or performing a public (Federal, State, or Local)
transaction or contract under a public transaction in violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or
commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false
statements, or receiving stolen property;
(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity
(Federal, State or Local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (b) of this
certification; and
(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this Agreement had one or more public transactions
(Federal, State or Local) terminated for cause or default.
(e) That the firm will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension,
Ineligibili~y and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transaction" as attached hereto and without
modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered
transactions.
I acknowkdge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12459 and 49 CFR Part 29
and that this firm agrees to abide by the rules and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that would render this certification erroneous, including termination of this Agreement and other
remedies available to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
I further a,;knowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, in connection with this Agreement involving participation of
Federal- A.d Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both criminal and civil.
L1u~~
(Seal)
SIGNATURE PAGE" E "
19
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Instructions for Certification
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters-Primary Covered
Transactions (CONSULTANT'S)
1. By signing and submitting this contract the CONSULTANT is providing the certification as set in.
2. The inability of the CONSULTANT to provide the certification required may not necessarily result in
denial of participation in this covered transaction. The CONSULTANT shall then submit an explanation
of why it cannot provide the certification. The certification or explanation will be considered in
connectior.. with the COUNTY'S determination whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure
of the CO::--JSULTANT to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person or firm
from participation in this transaction.
3. The celtification, is a material representation of fact upon which reliance is placed by the COUNTY
before entering into this transaction. If it is later determined that the CONSULTANT knowingly
rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government,
the Department, and the COUNTY may terminate this transaction for cause of default.
4. The CONSULTANT shall provide immediate written notice to the COUNTY if at any time the
CONSULTANT learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by
reason of c hanged circumstances.
5. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered
transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and
"voluntarily excluded," as used in these instructions and the certification, have the meanings set out in
the Defini':ions and Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may
contact the Department for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
6. The CONSULTANT agrees by submitting this proposal! contract that should the proposed covered
transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a
person/fim1 who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in
this covered transaction unless authorized "'JY the COUNTY.
20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7. The CONSULTANT further agrees by submitting this proposal/contract that it will include the clause
titled "Cenification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier
Covered Transaction," as provided by the COUNTY without modification, in all lower tier covered
transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
8. A Consultant, in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in
lower tier Govered transaction that it is no: debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
the covered transaction, unless he knows that the certification is erroneous. The CONSULTANT may
decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals.
9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records
in order to render in good faith the certification required by these instructions. The knowledge and
information of the CONSULTANT is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a
prudent pe:~son in the ordinary course of business dealings.
10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if the CONSULTANT in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
suspended, debarred, ineligible, or volunta.rily excluded from participation in this transaction in addition
to other remedies available to the COUNTY, the Federal Government, the Georgia Department of
Transportation may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
21
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOWER TIER CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
I hereby certify that I am the Pres i den t and duly authorized representative of the firm of
Hoffman & Co.. Inc. whose address is 4292 Camp Highland Rd, Smyrna. r,A 1nORO
, and I certify that I have read and understand the attached
instructions and that to the best of my knowledge and beliefthe firm and its representatives:
Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded ::rom covered transactions by the Primary Contractor, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
Department of Transportation or by any Federal department or agency.
I acknowledge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12549 and 49 CFR Part 29
and that this firm agrees to abide by the rules and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that would render this certification erroneous, including termination of this Agreement and other
remedies a.vailable to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
I further acknowledge that this certificatl~ is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, in connection with the Prime Contractor Agreement involving the
participation of Federal-Aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both
criminal and civil.
Date
to /? If} I
~~~
~
Signed
SIGNATURE PAGE" F "
22
I
I
LOWER TIER CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGmILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
I
I
I
I
I hereby certify that I am the ~R:~i c~ and duly authorized representative of the firm of
Besson & Gore Professional Land Surveyors, Inc., whose address is I DD6 EM-Iv\. e.-fJ. ~.
~\A~,^cJ.~ ~. ~Oq~ , and I certify that I have read and understand the
attached icstructions and that to the best of my knowledge and belief the firm and its representatives:
I
Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded ::rom covered transactions by the Primary Contractor, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
Department of Transportation or by any Federal department or agency.
I
I
I acknowledge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12549 and 49 CFR Part 29
and that this firm agrees to abide by the rules and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that would render this certification erroneous, including termination of this Agreement and other
remedies 2.vailable to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
I
I
I further acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, in connection with the Prime Contractor Agreement involving the
participation of Federal-Aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both
criminal and civil.
I
I
I
I
Date
I." I 011 D )
Signed
lt0~ k J~-
.-/
I
I
SIGNATURE PAGE" F "
I
I
23
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOWER TIER CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
hereby certify that 1 am the V: U1 por.~ ~,'cI-- i-and duly authorized representative of the firm of
Southeaste rn Archeological Services whose address is P.O. (J elf<' "0 ~ b
,
~~) GA- :J()' f}) , and I certify that 1 have read and understand the
attached in~;tructions and that to the best of my knowledge and belief the firm and its representatives:
Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
I excluded from covered transactions by the Primary Contractor, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
Department of Transportation or by any Federal department or agency.
I
I acknowledge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12549 and 49 CFR Part 29
I and that this firm agrees to abide by the rules and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that would render this certification erro:1eous, including termination of this Agreement and other
I remedies a\.ailable to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I further acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia De:Jartment of Transportation, in connection with the Prime Contractor Agreement involving the
participation of Federal-Aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both
criminal and civil.
Date~-.9 I~ f-,'J1) / Signed
C,L-Jt OV7
SIGNATURE PAGE" F"
24
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOWER TIER CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
I hereby certify that I am the v'J:CJ& f> QE'SJ:DENT and duly authorized representative of the firm of
Edwards-Pitman Environmental, Inc. whose address is 1':),50 W:t.,.:)c.~ ()AJ2.~
~J:C.1"t: 1,:)() . S~,/~JJA ,~ 300 &-0 , and I certify that I have read and understand the
attached instructions and that to the best of my knowledge and belief the firm and its representatives:
Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions by the Primary Contractor, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
Department of Transportation or by any Federal department or agency.
I acknowledge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12549 and 49 CFR Part 29
and that this firm agrees to abide by the rules and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that would render this certification erroneous, including termination of this Agreement and other
remedies available to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
I further acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, in connection with the Prime Contractor Agreement involving the
participaLon of Federal-Aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both
criminal and civil.
Date~l1-\ 0 I
OJ- -W, 01
Signed
SIGNATURE PAGE" F"
25
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LOWER TIER CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICA nON REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELlGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
I hereby certify that I am the CJ ~c. and duly authorized representative of the firm of
whose address is-3"1#- ((l~N _ M/b5
~p~- tJ2~, and r certify that I have read and understand the
WilImer Enl!i:2nl!' Inc.
~i11 -"
attached hstructions and that to the best ofm y knowledge and belief the firm and its representatives:
Are not presently debarred, suspended:. proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions by the Primary Contractor, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
Department of Transportation or by any Federal department or agency.
I acknowledge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12549 and 49 CFR Part 29
and that this firm agrees to abide by the rules and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that wou.d render this certification erroneous, including termination of this Agreement and other
remedies available to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
1 further acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, in connection with the Prime Contractor Agreement involving the
participation of Federal-Aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both
criminal Hnd civil.
Date.1el.6G?/a>-oe I
Signed 4Y~ J. JIY~, (r?
.)
SIGNATURE PAGE "F It
26
I
I
LOWER TIER CONTRACTOR
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION,
INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
I
I
I
I hereby certify that I am the ~
Greater Traffic Co. whose address is JW)
la..w'(U'C~ \J~lL~1 bit '6COt.8'
attached instructions and that to the best of my knowledge and belief the firm and its representatives:
and duly authorized representative of the firm of
u:::aJ:us ~ r~ 0 e .
, and I certify that I ave read and understand the
I
I
Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded from covered transactions by the Primary Contractor, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
Department of Transportation or by any Federal department or agency.
I
I
I acknowledge that this certification is provided pursuant to Executive Order 12549 and 49 CFR Part 29
and that this firm agrees to abide by the JUles and conditions set forth therein for any misrepresentation
that would render this certification erroneous, including termination of this Agreement and other
remedies available to Augusta-Richmond County, the Georgia Department of Transportation and Federal
Government.
I
I
I further acknowledge that this certificate is to be furnished to Augusta-Richmond County and to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, in connection with the Prime Contractor Agreement involving the
participaton of Federal-Aid Highway Funds, and is subject to applicable State and Federal laws, both
criminal and civil.
I
I
I
I
I
Date-1u""lo - D\
Signed
(,
I
I
SIGNATURE PAGE" F "
I
27
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Instructions for Certification
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier
Covered Transactions
This certification applies to subcontractor~, material suppliers, vendors and other lower tier participants.
By slgmng and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier participant IS providing the
certification set out below.
1. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed
when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier
participant knowingly rendered an enoneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to
the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue
available remedies, including suspens:on and/or debarment.
2. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to whom
this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that is
certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed
circumstances.
3. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered
transa.ction," "participant," "person,' "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and
"volu::1tarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and
Coverage sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to
whom this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
4. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that should the proposed
covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered
transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
from participation in this covered t:"ansaction unless authorized by the department or agency with
which this transaction originated.
28
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will include
this c"lause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary
Exclm:ion-Lower Tier Covered Tra:1saction," without modification, in all lower tier covered
transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
6. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in
lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded
from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may
decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each
participant may, but is not required to: check the Non-procurement List.
7. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records
in order to render in good faith thl~ certification required by this clause. The knowledge and
information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent
person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
8. ExceI='t for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if the participant in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction in
addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may
purSUi~ available remedies, including suspension and/ or debarment.
29
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR
COMPLIANCE WITH TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964
FOR
FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
A. The undersigned certify that the provisions of Sections 45-10-20 through 45-10-28 of the Official
Code of Georgia Annotated relating to Conflict of Interest have been complied with in full.
B. It is ft:rther agreed that the CONSULTANT will comply with the regulations for Compliance with
Title VI ofthe Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and 23 CFR 71O.405(b) as stated in Exhibit "D" of
this Agreement. Exhibit "D" is hereby expressly incorporated into and made a part of the Agreement.
DISADV ANT AGED P ARTICIP A TION
The CONSULTANT agrees to subcontract at least ten percent (10%) of the total dollar value of this
contract to a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. A "Disadvantaged Business Enterprise" (DBE) is a
small business concern, as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and implementing
regulatiom., which is owned and controlled by one or more Disadvantaged or women. Owned and
controlled means a business:
A. Which is at least fifty-one percent (51 'Yo) owned by one or more Disadvantaged or women, or in the
case of a publicly owned business, has at least fifty-one (51 %) of the stock owned by one or more
Disadvant~.ged or women; and
B. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals.
If the initial DBE is dismissed prior to completion of DBE work, the CONSULTANT must hire another
DBE within ten (10) days of dismissal to complete the DBE obligation. The new DBE must be approved
by the DEPARTMENT prior to the start of any work by the new firm.
Date
gMR~
-
Signature
SIGNATURE PAGE "G"
30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
EXHIBIT "A" - SCOPE AND PROCEDURE
SECTION A - DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT:
The PROJECT consists of a system of roads, streets, ramps, driveways, bridges, retaining walls, and
miscellaneous structures. The PROJECT is generally described as
with the: PROJECT limits on from to
, and any other features required for the safe and efficient operation
a distance of approximately mi:.es.
SECTION B - OUTLINE OF ENGINEERING SERVICES:
The sertices to be furnished by the CONSULTANT under this Agreement shall be those necessary to
design hy a Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CADD) System and provide both hard copy and
electron ic files for the following: concept development, field surveys, data base preparation, preliminary
plans and layouts, right-of-way plans, hydraulic studies, construction plans, drainage plans, utility plans,
erosion control plans, signing, marking and signal plans, bridge plans, culvert plans, supplemental
specifications, special provisions and checking shop drawings for the PROJECT. The allowable CADD
systems to be used for this Agreement shall be Microstation, CAiCE, Hydrain, HCS, and NETSYM. The
CONSULTANT shall not use any other design, drafting or coordinate geometry software unless approved
by the DEPARTMENT.
Plans shall be prepared in accordance with the DEPARTMENT'S instructions as to design criteria,
procedures, and format as contained in be attached Exhibits and Appendices. The CONSULTANT shall
prepare all written specifications in the usual format used by the DEPARTMENT. The CONSULTANT
shall prepare a sample format and the CONSULTANT shall secure the DEPARTMENT'S written
approval of the format before any specifications are drafted.
The CONSULTANT shall provide all claterials required for the preparation of the plans, supplemental
specifications, special provisions, and computations except as noted in SECTION "C" below.
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
The CO:~SULTANT shall receive the DEPARTMENT'S written approval to proceed with any phase of
the PROJECT. Failure to receive such approval will result in the CONSULTANT assuming all costs for
that pha~;e until written approval to proceed has been obtained from the DEPARTMENT.
The PROJECT plans shall be developed as follows:
PHASEI-CONCEPTDEVELOPMENT
Concept Development includes exploring various alternatives to improve operations of the facility and
surrounding facilities, both existing and under development, in order to have a high degree of confidence
that the best alternative is selected.
The CONSULTANT shall gather from the DEPARTMENT available data and information pertinent to
the preparation of the PROJECT plans the DEPARTMENT has in its possession and requested by the
CONSULTANT. The CONSULTANT shall check and verify the data and information furnished by the
DEPARTMENT for accuracy and sufficiency. Any errors, omissions, or insufficiency in the data
furnished by the DEPARTMENT shall be corrected or supplemented by the CONSULTANT.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a PROJECT Management Plan (PMP) for the DEPARTMENT'S
review and approval within 45 days of the DEPARTMENT'S authorization to proceed with Phase 1. The
PMP is to provide all PROJECT personnel with the basic information needed to complete their
assignments on time and within established budgets while meeting the requirements of the PROJECT.
The PMF' shall include a minimum of:
1. A distribution list of the key contact people
2. A paraphrased scope of work detailing the responsibility of the key people
3. A schedule of deliverables (updated when necessary)
4. Budget, expenses, and billing procedures (internally to the CONSULTANT)
5. Planning and review process (internally to the CONSULTANT)
6. Invoicing procedures (internally and with subconsultants)
2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
7. Document Control Procedures
a. Designate personnel responsible for Document Control
b. Establish location of all PROJECf documents
c. Develop procedures to transmit and receive documents (internal and external)
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a Quality Control Plan (QCP) for the DEPARTMENT'S review and
approval within 45 days of the DEPARTMENT'S authorization to proceed with PHASE I. The QCP is to
provide all PROJECf personnel with the requirements to assure a quality design is delivered to the
DEPARTMENT. The QCP shall include a minimum of:
1. PROJECf quality control requirements
2. Project deliverab1es showing person responsible and estimated date of completion
3. Planning and review proce:ss for the project
4. Organization chart showing Quality Control responsibilities of each manager
5. Format for checking plans and calculations
6. Format for quality assurance records; the Project Manager or his assignee shall be responsible
for documenting and maintaining quality assurance records for the PROJECf. The records
will include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Check prints, review calculations
b. Marked-up plans
c. Quality control audit reports and findings
d. Quality assurance findings and recommended corrective actions
e. Completeness checklists
f. Minutes of coordination meetings/quality assurance meetings
g. Phone logs
h. Quality control review letters
1. Review comments from senior technical advisors and responses
J. Peer review letters and responses
k. Any other correspondence regarding quality assurance/control
7. Quality assurance activities shall be included in the monthly progress report
3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
The CO:~SULTANT shall work closely with the DEPARTMENT'S environmental personnel or its
environmental consultants during concept development in order to identify and resolve environmental
issues in the earliest stages of concept development.
The CONSULT ANT shall establish the appropriate American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials (AASHTO) design criteria, parameters and guidelines that will be used
through::>ut the PROJECT. The CONSULTANT shall use these parameters to study reasonable (more
than one) concept alternates plus the "No Build" Alternate in a Concept Alternative Report with the
criteria listed herein. The CONSULT ANT shall examine in a Concept Alternative Report each proposed
alternative in sufficient detail to ensure that the following issues have been addressed:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Traffic Operations: safety, capacity, and efficiency (includes laneage requirements,
capacity analysis of roadway segments, weave areas, ramps, auxiliary lanes,
intersections, and signage).
Design exceptions/variances
Sight distance
Recommendations for traffic signal locations.
Interfacing with adjacent projects
Constructability
Maintenance oftraffic
Environmental concerns
Locations of probable USTs
Impacts to adjacent properties, including number of displacements
Access and access control
Utilities conflicts and relocations
Special drainage considerations
Location and condition of existing major strictures
Required new major structures
Required permits
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
17. Preliminary construction and right of way costs
Each alternative shall include 1" = 200' scale plan and profile and other supporting details for analysis. A
field reyiew of the alternatives under c,onsideration may be conducted jointly with the DEPARTMENT
and the CONSULTANT to assess the impacts of the project.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a Concept Alternate Selection SummarylReport that describes the
selected alternate in detail and the process through which other alternatives were dismissed. The Concept
Alterna1e Selection Report shall include a 1" = 1 00' scale plan and profile of the selected alternate.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a PROJECT DESIGN DATA book. The project data book shall
define the selected alternative design criteria, parameters and guidelines and as a minimum contain the
following:
1. The name of each roadway" classification of each roadway, general description (including but
not limited to proposed number of through lanes, lane widths, median type and width,
shoulder type and width, sidewalks, and bike lanes) maximum horizontal curve, maximum
grade, maximum superelevation, speed design, and minimum right-of-way width.
2. Clear zone requirements for each roadway. Vertical and horizontal clearances at structures
(not to be reconstructed) and visible utilities.
3. A traffic capacity (NETSIM, CORSIM, HCS) analysis for the PROJECT to determine the
intersection lane and storage requirements.
4. A preliminary sketch of each roadway intersection showing basic laneage, auxiliary and turn
lanes, and length of turn lanes and tapers.
5. A preliminary sketch of each bridge and wall location.
6. Drainage criteria for each roadway for the major types of systems, rivers and streams, cross
drains, longitudinal drains, low point, and normal basins.
7. An evaluation of environmental concerns as it pertains to the PROJECT (including but not
limited to archeological, historic, wetlands, UST's and endangered species). The evaluation
shall be coordinated with the DEPARTMENT'S Office of Environment and Location.
5
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
I
I
I
I
I
8. Driveway design parameters such as maximum and minimum widths for residential and
commercial driveways and maximum driveway grades for residential and commercial
driveways.
9. Typical sections (excluding pavement structure) for all roadways included in the PROJECT
as described in "1" above.
10. List of known utility facilities on the PROJECT to be coordinated with the
DEPARTMENT'S Office of Utilities.
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall scan aerial photographic negatives using a high-quality photogrammetric
scanner at a minimum resolution of 0.5 feet per pixel to be used for all concept and public meeting
display~:. A digital terrain surface from a USGS digital elevation model (DEM) of the study area shall be
prepared. Should multiple negatives be required to construct an image for the entire study area, low-
accuracy GPS surveyed control points shall be obtained to ensure a match to the DEM. Approximately
two cor.trol points per scanned negative are required. The CONSULTANT shall provide a digital ortho
image as a seamless mosaic of the sca::med images and rectified to the DEM and/or control point data.
The image shall be supplied as a TIFF :file (or files should the image area be very large), properly scaled
and positioned to metric state plane coordinates. All proposed concepts and/or alternates shall be drawn
and pl01ted in color using a color scheme and legend approved by the DEPARTMENT.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare and submit to the DEPARTMENT a draft Concept Report using a
format provided by the DEPARTMENT. The Concept Report. shall include, at a minimum, the
information indicated on the sample report. In addition, the CONSULTANT shall prepare drawings
showing the project alignments and ge:ometry, existing and proposed right of way, property lines and
property owners' names, intersection details, locations of proposed traffic signals, typical sections, and
other information as required for a concept meeting. The CONSULT ANT shall attend the concept
meeting; and any other meetings as requested. The CONSULTANT shall take an active role in these
meetin~;s, including making presentations and compiling and distributing meeting minutes. A final
Concept Report shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT for review and approval. The report shall
incorporate any changes to the concept discussed at the concept meeting and the meeting minutes.
I
I
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
Alternate plans and descriptions may be required for presentation at the concept meeting, as directed by
the DEPARTMENT.
After the concept report is approved, the CONSULTANT shall prepare four public meeting displays of
each al':emate on digitized photography and a location map of the project for a minimum of one public
meeting. The CONSULTANT shall provide PROJECT knowledgeable staff for each display at every
public meeting to answer questions about the roadway design. These staff members are responsible for
set-up Clnd takedown of the displays. lbe displays shall be plotted at a scale of 1" = 50' or as otherwise
approved by the DEPARTMENT. Each display shall show all roadway features including but not limited
to: travel and turn lanes, bike lanes, median and median openings, sidewalks, bridges, major walls, right-
of way, environmental features (wetlands, historic sites, parks, noise walls, regulated floodways, etc.),
property lines and owners, a legend (st..owing the PROJECT name, the scale and symbols), and a typical
section. The CONSULTANT shall prepare written material approved by the Department to be distributed
to the public. This may include newsletters, media releases and public meeting fact sheets.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a database (mailing list) in Microsoft Access Format of all
correspDndences including all comments received at public meetings.
The CONSULTANT shall provide i::1formation to the DEPARTMENT and assist 111 investigating
questio:1s and comments from the public meeting. The CONSULTANT shall draft written responses for
all of the comments related to the scope of work contained herein that are received at the public
meeting(s). The DEPARTMENT shall review and approve all written responses prior to the final
response preparation and their transmit:al to the public. The CONSULTANT shall at no time, excluding
public meetings, address the public's questions or comments without the DEPARTMENT'S prior
approval or unless a representative of the DEPARTMENT is present. If a citizen contacts the
CONSULT ANT about routine design issues, the CONSULTANT should appropriately answer their
questions, immediately notifY the Liaison Engineer by phone, document the conversation, and transmit a
copy to the DEPARTMENT within three (3) days. All other questions and concerns should be referred to
the DE:?ARTMENT'S Liaison Engineer.
7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
The CONSULTANT shall prepare elec1ronic plan sheet as per the DEPARTMENT standard, detailed in
Appendix "A" and the Electronic Data Guidelines dated December 14, 1998. The CONSULTANT shall
submit an example plan sheet for approval by the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a list of information or data that will be needed from the
DEPARTMENT for the completion ofF'HASE IV - PRELIMINARY PLANS.
CONSULTANT DELIVERABLES FOR PHASE I - CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT:
1. PROJECT Management Plan
2. PROJECT Quality Control Plan
3. PROJECT Concept Alternative Summary/Report with 1" = 200' scale plan and profile
4. PROJECT Concept Alternate Selection Report with 1" = 1 00' scale plan and profile
5. PROJECT Design Data Book
6. Project TIFF Files and Concept layouts in electronic format
7. Draft and Final PROJECT Concept Report
8. Four (4) public meeting displays for each alternate per public meeting (at least one) 1" = 50'
scale
9. Written Material (fact sheets, newsletters, media releases) to be distributed to the public
10. Information for the DEPARTMENT'S public meeting responses
11. Database/mailing list of all .:ontacts relating to the PROJECT
12. PROJECT Sample plan sheet
13. Additional information requested from the DEPARTMENT for PHASE IV
PHASE II- DATA BASE PREPARATION 10-15-2000
DatabaEe preparation shall consist of establishing survey. control and gathering and processing all
necessary topographic data required to design the project, which has not already been compiled by the
DEPARTMENT. This information is to include, but not be limited to, planimetric, terrain, drainage,
property, right-of-way, and easement data. The database and survey control shall be of sufficient quality
and completeness as to allow for the d(:sign, acquisition of right-of-way and easements, and construction
8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27 , ZOOO
EXHIBIT "A"
of the PROJECT. All information in the database shall be compiled and stored in accordance with the
DEPARTMENT'S Electronic Data Guidelines (levels, line weights, colors, classifications, text sizes, and
fonts). The data shall be gathered by remote sensing or field surveying processes that are acceptable to
the DEPARTMENT. The survey limits shall be defined as those required to design the PROJECT.
The CONSULTANT shall not begin work on this phase until the DEPARTMENT Issues written
authorization to proceed on all or any portion of this phase of the work.
The DEPARTMENT will furnish any available mapping/topography data, geodetic survey traverses and
level nets, cadastral survey data, utility surveys and hydraulic surveys it considers beneficial to the
CONSULTANT'S task. The CONSULTANT completely agrees and understands all mapping and survey
data provided by the DEPARTMENT is for information only, and that by making this data available, the
DEPARTMENT does not vouch for the completeness, correctness or accuracy of the data.
The CONSULTANT shall be completely responsible and liable for all mapping and surveys required in
producing the end result items called for by this AGREEMENT.
Prior 10 beginning any database preparation, the CONSULTANT shall communicate with the
DEPARTMENT'S Liaison Engineer and District Preconstruction Engineer to discuss existing information
avai1ab:.e and the right of entry letter. The CONSULTANT shall notify all property owners, in writing, of
the impending surveys, prior to starting any surveying activities on their property. The CONSULTANT
shall provide the District Preconstruction Engineer a copy of the notification letter, a list of all property
owners to which letters were sent, and the name of a designated contact person with the CONSULTANT
firm.
The CONSULTANT shall reference the following guidelines for mapping, surveys, and property data:
1. ASPRS INTERIM ACCURACY STANDARD FOR LARGE SCALE MAPS
2. CLASSIFICATION, STANDARDS OF ACCURACY, AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
OF GEODETIC CONTROL SURVEYS
9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
3. SURVEY PROCESSING GUIDELINES
The CONSULTANT shall gather infomlation and perform required surveys within the PROJECT limits and
establish the following in an English format as prescribed by the DEPARTMENT:
I. FIELD SURVEYS
A. The CONSULTANT shall check any data or information furnished by the
DEPARTMENT fo;~ accuracy to determine that it is sufficient to meet the requirements
and needs of the PROJECT. Any discovered errors or omissions contained in the data
or information furr..ished by the DEPARTMENT shall be reported in writing to the
DEPARTMENT. lbis written report should be received by the DEPARTMENT prior
to the beginning of work on Phase ill - PRELIMINARY PLANS. Upon receipt of the
written report, the DEPARTMENT will determine its concurrence for the
CONSULTANT to do additional work if required. The CONSULTANT shall be
completely responsible and liable for all mapping and surveys required in producing the
end result items called for by this Agreement.
B. PROJECT Survey Control shall be established by the CONSULTANT on all
agreements where data is to be collected for design purposes. The horizontal and
vertical survey control value shall be dete~ined by traverses originating from a
published National Geodetic Survey (NGS) survey control monument and terminating
on a separate published National Geodetic Survey (NGS) survey control monument, or
other monumentation previously approved by the DEPARTMENT. These traverses
shall be known as the primary traverses for the PROJECT.
The CONSULTANT shall use the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) standards on all horizontal traverses for accuracy as specified in Traverse,
Second-Order Class II (1 :20,000). All coordinates are to be on the specified State
Plane, Georgia Coordinate System of 1985 - NAD 83/94 adjustment. All measured
distances must be reduced to grid distances using a combined sea level and scale factor
10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
before being used in traverse computations. The traverse closure, zone, grid factor,
plus the horizontal and vertical datums shall be noted in the project records. The
primary traverse shall be established by either the conventional survey method or by
Global Positioning System (GPS) technology. All subsequent survey data shall be
collected from the adjusted primary traverse values and reduced to State Plane. Each
horizontal delta shall be intervisiable with another horizontal delta with a minimum
distance of 1,500 feet and a maximum distance of 3,000 feet between primary control
deltas.
The CONSULTANT shall establish Primary Horizontal Traverse monuments. No
traverse monument shall be located within 6 feet of a travel lane. The monument
should be a % inch diameter, center punched, iron pin (rebar) a minimum of 2 feet long
or a precast monument placed in stable ground. It should be driven to a minimum
depth of 0.30 foot below natural ground. A primary traverse point can be set in a fixed
stable concrete slab, such as approach slabs to bridges or parking lots, only if other
suitable locations are not available. The traverse point should be a punched hole 0.01
foot in diameter, 0.02 foot in depth, with three identification lines beginning 0.03 foot
from the punch hole and extending for 0.20 foot. All primary traverse points, within
the limits of the project, should be elevated as part of the primary vertical traverse. If
the primary traverse contains more than twelve deltas, the DEPARTMENT should be
consulted to determine if a Polaris observation will be required.
The CONSULTANT shall use the North American Vertical Datum (NA VD) of 1988
on all vertical traverses. All vertical traverse points shall use specifications as required
by Third-Order National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) standards
(0.049 foot times the square root of the miles distance). The maximum distance
between vertical control monuments shall not exceed 1,000 feet. All traverses shall be
established by the conventional differential leveling (spirit) method, unless otherwise
approved by the DEPARTMENT.
11
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall establish Primary Vertical Traverse monuments. The
primary vertical traverse monuments must be established on stable topographic features
i.e. culvert headwalls, fixed concrete slabs, large hardwood trees, precast monuments.
A benchmark should be set at all major drainage structures (culverts and bridges) and
road intersections throughout the PROJECT. The benchmarks should be easily
identifiable; such a~ a painted square cut or a nail with stamped washer. Benchmarks
should never be set in power poles, steps, manhole covers, or tops of fire hydrants.
I
I
I
The primary horizontal and vertical control traverses established for the PROJECT are
to be used as the principle control for all field and photogrammetric survey activities.
Evidence (closure precision, adjustment data, field notes, data files, etc.) must be
provided to document the accuracy of both the primary horizontal and vertical
traverses. These traverses shall be adjusted to hold the published coordinates of all
approved control monuments.
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT may use Global Positioning System (GPS) Technology as a
means of establishing the horizontal control for the PROJECT. The vertical control for
the PROJECT can only be established with GPS technology after receiving written
approval from the DEPARTMENT. The following requirements must be met for GPS
applications:
1. The GPS network for the PROJECT must consist of the following minimum
requirements:
a. For Horizontal Control, a minimum of 3 control stations shall be used
and held fixed. Of these 3 control stations, one shall have a horizontal
accuracy of Order B (1: 1,000,000) or above. The control stations shall
be from the National Geodetic Reference System (NGRS) database.
The control stations shall be tied to the National Geodetic Survey
(NGS) adjustment of 1994 and shall have a datum classification of
NAD83/94, unless otheIWise specified by the Department. The
stations shall be located in at least 3 quadrants (NE, NW, SE or SW) of
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHmIT "A"
the PROJECT and they shall encompass the entire PROJECT. A
printed or plotted schematic of the GPS network design shall be
provided to the Department. This schematic shall only show the non-
trivial (independent) baselines used for the least squares adjustment of
the GPS data.
b. For Vertical Control, a minimum of 5 Third Order or better control
stations shall be used and held fixed. The control stations shall be
from the National Geodetic Reference System (NGRS) database or the
U.S. Geological Survey database. These stations shall be located in all
quadrants (NE, NW, SE and SW) of the PROJECT and they shall
encompass the entire PROJECT. The stations shall have a datum
classification of NA VD88, unless otherwise specified by the
Department. A printed or plotted schematic of the GPS network
design shall be provided to the Department. This schematic shall only
show the non-trivial (independent) baselines used for the least squares
ad;ustment of the GPS data.
2. Independent baselines in a network should not exceed 25 miles in length.
However, if only Ll-code (single-frequency receivers) is being used, then
collected baselines cannot exceed 10 miles.
3. Each session's length will depend on how long 4 or more common (same) SV's
can be tracked simultaneously. If the. signal is interrupted significantly or if
common satellites are lost, then times must be increased to insure the following
mInImums:
Static or Past Static Observations 60 + minutes (synch rate
15 sec.] per occupation for
surveys with baselines longer than
6 miles.
Static or Fast Static Observations 30 + minutes [synch rate
15 sec.] per occupation for
13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
Ll/L2 receIvers. (For baselines
less than 6 miles)
4. An elevation mask of 15 degrees shall be used when collecting all GPS data.
5. An epoch with a Position Dilution of Precision (POOP) greater than 6.0 will
not be considered as a usable measurement.
6. Provide the DEPARTMENT a Receiver Independent Exchange (RINEX)
format file of the raw data and control station data used in the GPS network.
7. Provide copies of field notes denoting the stations occupied by GPS receivers
and the beginning and ending times of occupation. Also, provide the Height
of Instrument (HD for each GPS antenna (specifying whether it is true
vertical or uncorrected), type of receiver and antenna used, and date of
occupation.
Permanent monuments (rebar) for the project should include both primary survey and
centerline control. A scaled drawing, illustrating both the primary and centerline
controls for the pr~ject should be included in the plans.
C. The CONSULTANT shall conform to standards as required by State law for Right-of
Way and Property Surveys or as agreed to in writing by the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall obtain all available plats, deeds and easements from
courthouse records of all property affected by the PROJECT. The CONSULTANT
shall compile and maintain a listing of all current property owners' names and
addresses.
The CONSULTANT shall locate all information about existing rights-of-way, property
lines (including railroads), easements, property corners, Land Lot lines, and boundaries
(state, county, and city) to be affected by the PROJECT. All right-of-way data shall be
chained. Each right-of-way and parcel chain designation shall begin with the prefix of
the segment currently being processed. See the Department's Electronic Data
14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
Guidelines for the feature code designations. The CONSULTANT shall collect and
assemble the right-of-way survey data as per the following:
1. For surveying deeded right-of-way:
a. Locate the centerline alignment of the road that was used to describe the
deeded right-of-way by coordinating at least two (2) points on all tangents
and three (3) points on all curves. It is very important to determine if any
widening has taken place since the deed centerline was established. If
widening was not symmetrical, use available field evidence to establish the
deed centerline.
b. All existing right-of-way markers should be coordinated.
c. All existing property corners which will be used to determine the property
take will be coordinated either by field surveyor by computation from a
deed 01' plat. All property points not directly impacting the "take" can be
digitized from the deed, plat, or tax map. The boundary for each parcel
shall be: chained.
d. The property data graphic file must contain a notation, which denotes any
"right-of-way that is claimed by prescription".
2. Developing the PropertylRight-ofWay database for roads with deeded right-of-
way:
a. The alignment of the existing road should be determined by using the
tangent and curve points from the field survey. Degrees of curves should
be computed by using the field points, then compared to old plans, and
then an appropriate degree assigned to the curve.
b. The DEPARTMENT'S right-of-way should then be set to correspond with
this alignment.
c. At this point the differences between the DEPARTMENT'S right-of-way
and the existing right-of-way markers and property information should be
evaluated.
15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
d. All corners and boundaries, which conflict with the right-of-way, should be
projected or terminated to conform precisely with the deeded right-of-way.
e. The parcel chain should contain the newly created points, which conform
to the right-of-way. The chain should not include any property points that
conflict with this right-of-way. These conflicting points should be retained
in the data file as part of the project records.
f. Existing right-of-way markers which conflict with the true position of the
right-or-way are not to be used in any chains but are to be retained in the
data files as part of the project records.
g. Since 1here will be property and right-of-way points residing in the data
file, but are not included in any chains, the designer should use caution
before "plotting all points".
h. The CONSULTANT shall create a property chain for each parcel. This
chain includes all property corners (field located, computed, or digitized).
The property chain shall begin at the back station property point and
progress clockwise until the point of beginning is reached.
1. The acreage for an existing parcel shall be given as indicated by the
recorded deed or plat. As a last resort, the computed acreage can be used.
This acreage is important because it is used in the computation of the
parcel remainder.
3. For surveying non-deeded right-of-way:
a. The CONSULTANT will notify the DEPARTMENT in writing that the
roadway does not have a deeded right-of-way.
b. The surveyor shall locate the centerline alignment of the road by
coordinating at least two (2~ points on all tangents and three (3) points on
all curves.
c. The surveyor shall coordinate the limits of the area along the roadway,
which is maintained by the DEPARTMENT or by the local government
16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
(e.g., back of ditch to back of ditch). This area may be claimed by
prescription if it meets the legal requirements.
d. The surveyor is to document on a tax map, or other drawing, all areas for
which the DEPARTMENT or a local government does not have deeded
title.
4. Developing the PropertylRight-of-Way database for non-deeded right-of-way:
a. The CONSULTANT shall create property chains from the field survey file
that inGlude all property comers (field located, computed or digitized)
which identify parcels.
b. The CONSULT ANT shall create chains from the field survey file that
reflect the right-of-way that is considered to have been acquired by
prescription (possession).
c. The property and right-of-way chains shall show the conflicts between the
property lines and these limits of the "claimed" (prescriptive) right-of-way.
d. The property graphic file must contain a notation, which states that, the
"right-of-way is claimed by prescription".
D. The CONSULTAJ\fT shall locate all existing inlets, outlets, and any other drainage
structures (manholes, junction boxes) along the PROJECT. The CONSULTANT shall
obtain top and invert elevations (flow lines), size, direction of flow, material and
condition of all existing box culverts and other cross drains, side drains and storm and
storm sewer struchlTes. The CONSULT ANT shall provide a recommendation to the
DEPARTMENT for continued use or removal of each existing structure.
The CONSULT Al'ifT shall identify all. lakes and streams within 300 feet along the
PROJECT. Upon identification a field survey traverse for all drainage channels or
streams, to a distance of 300 feet perpendicular each side of centerline along with
elevations along the stream bed for flow lines (FL) plotting shall be obtained.
17
I
I
September 27.2000
I
EXHIBIT "An
I
The CONSULTANT shall identify, field verify, and plot the drainage area boundary as
required to complete the drainage design.
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare the Hydraulic Engineering Field Report as defined
herein.
I
E. The CONSULTANT shall locate and identify all existing major utility facilities
including railroads, cross country pipeline, electric transmission lines, and
telecommunication lines.
The CONSULTANT shall obtain profiles for all roadways, driveways, streams and
channels, and detours as required for the design of roadways, bridges, and drainage and
traffic control. This includes precise (0.10 foot or less) longitudinal and transverse
pavement profiles of all roadways within the limits of the PROJECT that will be
retained. These pavement elevations should accurately define the edges of pavement
and all breaks in the cross slope. The 3-Dimensional pavement elevations shall be
chained longitudinally and entered into the terrain database.
I
I
I
I
I
The CONSULT ATI shall obtain ground cross sections of sufficient length to design
the PROJECT for all roadways, existing or planned, measured to an accuracy to insure
calculated quantities are usable for construction payment. Terrain data gathered for a
Digital Terrain Model (DTM) must include lines of discontinuity that define all terrain
breaks and the database must also be enhanced with random elevations that do not
exceed a 150 foot grid. All terrain mapping files gathered by full-field survey must be
encompassed with a limit line that is a 3-Dimensional 'TLIML" feature limit line
survey chain. The DTM data will be of such quality and completeness as to insure that
cross sections and profiles can be createG to the following levels of accuracy:
a. 0.10 foot or less for roadway surfaces
b. 0.50 foot or less for ground terrain surfaces
c. 0.02 foot or less for bridge decks, bent caps and top of rail
elevations.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
18
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
I
EXHIBIT "A"
I
The CONSULTANT shall field locate all advertisement signs on or near the proposed
right-of-way or easements.
I
The CONSULTANT shall survey all existing bridges impacted by the PROJECT. This
shall require the locating of the beginning and ending bridge stations, and stations of
intermediate bentE, along with the skew angles, determining the elevations at the
centerline and left and right gutter lines and at the bottom of the outside beams at the
face of caps. For additional bridge survey requirements see the Bridge Survey
Appendix.
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall determine the existing vertical and horizontal clearances
from the existing/proposed roadway to all overhead structures and provide the
necessary information to the DEPARTMENT highlighting the clearances that do not
meet minimums for the required design.
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall supply, update, or expand the mapping database
as required to design the PROJECT. This shall include the locating of all
topographic data affected by the Project and the labeling of all structures as to their
material type (brick, stone, wood, etc.) and usage (residency, business name).
I
I
I
F. The CONSULTANT shall establish and stake the construction centerlines for all
roadway alignments. These centerlines shall be monumented by setting iron pins
(rebar) for all PCs, POCs, PTs, POTs and PI's without curves. The distances between
these monuments should not exceed 1,000 feet. Stationing for the centerline of all
roadways shall be painted or staked on- each alignment at points no greater than 200
feet apart. Supplementary points shall be established between all points to insure
visibility of at least two points (one ahead and one back) from any given point. Station
numbers placed on paved areas shall be painted in yellow, approximately 0.5 foot high.
I
I
I
I
19
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
The painting or staking of stations shall be in place during this Phase, and prior to the
request for soil surveyor database field checking by the DEPARTMENT.
G. The CONSULTMl shall provide a Survey Control Packet for the project. The
Survey Control Packet shall be assembled from the adjusted primary horizontal and
vertical control traverses established for the project. The data contained in the Packet
shall consist of the primary horizontal and vertical control points which will be used for
all photogrammetric and field survey activities, project design, right-of-way staking and
project construction. The project Survey Control Packet shall contain the following
information in the order listed:
1. Cover sheet showing the project number, P.I. number and project description.
2. Area map showing location of project.
3. Copy of a quadrangle map with approximate location of all primary adjusted
horizontal control deltas and published horizontal monuments that were used
for the project plotted on the map.
4. Control file listing showing the following information in order listed:
a. Project No., P.I. No. and description of project.
b. Horizontal datum and zone used.
c. Scale factor used.
d. Publish,;:d horizontal control monuments used.
e. Vertical datum used.
f. Published vertical control monuments used.
g. Units of measurement.
h. Point number, east coordinate, north coordinate, elevation and name or
number of all published monuments used and primary control deltas set.
5. Description sketches for each primary survey control delta set. The following
shall be noted on the sketch:
a. Control delta number.
b. Elevation.
c. North arrow.
20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27 . 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
d. Distance and direction from a minimum of three local features.
e. A "to re:ach" description from a permanent feature such as road
intersections and bridges over named streams, etc.
6. Copy of a quadrangle map with approximate location of all primary adjusted
vertical benchmarks established and published vertical monuments that were
used for the project plotted on the map.
7. Vertical control file listing all published monuments used and all primary
vertical benchmarks set and described, along with their adjusted elevation.
8. Description sketches for each primary benchmark set. The following shall be
noted on the sketch:
a. Benchmark number
b. Elevation
c. North arrow
d. Distance and directions from a minimum of three local features.
e. A "to reach" description from a permanent feature such as road
intersections and bridges over named streams, etc.
H. The Horizontal and Vertical accuracy requirements for the Database will be as follows:
1. The horizontal accuracy tolerance for property, right-of-way and easements will be
0.10 foot or less for urban areas and 0.40 foot or less for rural areas. Any
accuracy's defined by State law which areof a higher level for property surveys
will take precedent over these.
2. The horizontal accuracy tolerance for general topographic data will be 0.70 foot or
less.
3. The horizontal accuracy tolerance for bridge decks, bent and cap locations and top
of rails will be 0.10 foot or less.
4. The vertical accuracy tolerance for terrain points will be 0.10 foot or less for
roadway surfaces and 0.50 foot or less for ground terrain points.
21
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
5. The vertical accuracy tolerance for bridge decks, bent caps and top of rail
elevations will be 0.02 foot or less. These elevations will be measured with a Spirit
Level.
6. The determination of whether or not the plan cross sections meet accuracy
specifications will be based on field checking the elevations contained in these
cross sections.
The DEPARTMENT reserves the right to adjust these specifications to address specific
or special conditions. The DEPARTMENT will randomly field check the
CONSULTANT'S data. All accuracy checks will be compared to the primary
horizontal and vertical traverses. A determination of the accuracy of the
CONSULTANT'S work will be made by the DEPARTMENT'S District
Preconstruction Office. The DEPARTMENT'S Preconstruction or Location Engineer
will review the field checks and determine the number of horizontal points or cross
sections that exc;eed the above tolerances and report these findings to the
DEPARTMENT'S Liaison Engineer.
In support of the field checks, the CONSULTANT will provide the following
information and materials to the DEPARTMENT for checking right-of-way, terrain
and survey data:
1. Right-of-Way
a. ELECfRONIC DATA FILE - This file should use the CAiCE flexible file
format and the DEPARTMENT'S standard file STAKEOUT.FXF and
contain only the point numbers, north and east coordinates of the project's
survey control, centerline, right-of-way and easement points. The resulting
filename should begin with an alpha character (A-Z), followed by numeric
numbers for a total of no more than eight (8) characters. The ending for
the filename must be .ASC (example R012141O.ASC).
b. OUT FILE - This file should contain a listing of all points that differ
between the ASC File and the plans. This list should equate which point
22
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "An
numbers in the Out File correspond with point numbers in the plans. Also,
the file should contain a list of all points which are not shown in the plan,
such as survey control and centerline station point numbers.
c. RIGHT-OF-WAY PLANS - One set of blue line right-of-way plans.
d. Survey Control Packet.
e. Provide a roll plot that consists of the Property/Right-of-Way and
Planimetric Databases. This plot shall include all existing planimetric
features, the existing right-of-way, the property boundary of all parcels,
Land Lot lines and all Land Lot corners, right-of-way markers and all
property corners recovered during the field survey. The Land Lot corners,
property corners and right-of-way markers that were recovered shall be
labeled as found.
2. Terrain (profiles and Cross Sections)
a. Hard copy printouts of all profiles and cross sections. (These should show
the station number, profile elevation, and the elevation and offset distance
of each cross section reading).
b. One set of blueline preliminary construction plans showing the
constmction centerline and plots of all cross sections for the mainline and
crossroads.
c. Paper plots of all Digital Map Models (DMM - random points and break
lines) and Digital Terrain Models (DTM - triangle network) used for
obtain:.ng cross sections and profiles.
d. Survey Control Packet.
The centerline shall be staked and marked by the CONSULTANT as previously
defined, prior to any field checks. The CONSULTANT shall be responsible for the
accuracy of all field data. The determination by the DEPARTMENT that randomly
checked points are within acceptable DEPARTMENT tolerance does not mean that
23
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
all data has been accepted by the DEPARTMENT as meeting agreement
specifications.
II. PHOTOGRAMMETRIC MAPPlNG ACTIVITIES
Photogrammetric mapping is an acceptable remote sensing technology for compiling topographic
(planimetric and terrain) data. However, only data that can meet the accuracy standards as defined
in Item 1. "Field Surveys", Section H. "field check", of this Phase can be gathered
photogrammetrically. The mapping limits shall be defined as those required to design the
PROJECT. The mapping scale for this PROJECT is described in Appendix "A".
The primary horizontal and vertical control traverses established for the PROJECT are to be used as
the principal control for all field and photogrammetric survey activities.
All photogrammetric data must be compiled and processed in accordance with the
DEPARTMENT'S Electronic Data Guidelines and Survey Processing Guidelines.
The CONSULTANT shall furnish electronic mapping of the PROJECT(S) identified by this
agreement. The CONSULT ANT will also furnish any other: electronic topographic data required
for the design process, i.e., digital terrain modeling, cross sections and relevant field survey data.
The coordinate datums used by the CONSULTANT for the mapping shall be the State Plane,
Georgia Coordinate System of 1985 - NAD 83/94 adjustment and the North American Vertical
Datum (NA VD) of 1988.
There are two methods of compiling electronic photogrammetric data: PLANIMETRIC/CROSS
SECTIONS and PLAINMETRIC/DTM. There are differences between these two methods.
When compiling data in the PLANIMETRIC/CROSS SECTION method flow arrows, ridgelines,
24
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27 . 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
and spot elevations along with all other planimetric features shall be gathered. The designer will
then use the planimetric data to establish roadway alignments. CROSS SECTIONS can then be
measured from these alignments.
When compiling data in the :PLANIMETRICIDTM method all planimetric features will be
gathered except flow arrows, ridgelines, and spot elevation. Tree lines will be gathered to aid the
field crew in locating OBSCURED AREAS. Planimetric mapping of all cultural features whether
natural or manmade shall be gathered.
The CONSULTANT shall provi.de the following planimetric map data:
1. The State Plane Coordinate Grid System shall be included and properly oriented
in the map database. Approximately twenty-five (25) percent of the grid ticks
shall be labeled with their coordinate value.
2. All primary survey control points (horizontal and vertical) shall be included and
identified in the map file.
3. The map shall contain all planimetric features. This includes all land use
features, such .as buildings, lakes, rivers, streams, canals, ditches, reservoirs,
trails, roads (highways), railroads, quarries, borrow pits, cemeteries and orchards.
Also included shall be the type of telephone, telegraph, and electric power
transmission lines and their poles and towers, fence lines, tree lines, billboards,
walls, bridges, tunnels, piers, retaining wa]]~, dams, power plant transformers and
other substations, transportation terminals, airfields, and storage tanks.
4. An adequate number of spot elevations shall be provided to define all terrain
slopes and grades. These elevations should be placed on existing roads, streets,
bridges, railroads and any other paved areas within the mapping corridor.
Elevations sha] also be shown on hilltops, in saddles, at the bottom of
depressions, and at 50 foot intervals along streamlines, ridgelines and drain lines.
Water level elevations shall be shown in the center of small lakes, small
reservoirs and ponds. Terrain that is obscured by vegetation, water or under
25
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27. 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
construction shall be identified with a polygon and labeled in accordance with the
DEPARTMENT'S Electronic Data Guidelines.
5. All drainage areas included within the mapping limits shall be delineated by
ridgelines, flow arrows and drain lines. Spot elevations shall be provided at least
every 50 feet along all ditches and drain lines.
6. Symbols, names and line fonts used to define planimetric and topographic
features shall be: in accordance with symbols designated by the DEPARTMENT.
Each drainageway shall be located on the map and their courses defined as they
meander along the ground. Streams or drainage ditches averaging more than
0.003 foot in width on the map shall be shown by two symbolized lines. Other
streams and ditches shall be shown as a single symbolized line. All line-like
features, such as highways, railroads, telephone and electric power transmission
lines, fences, curb and sidewalk lines and so forth, shall be gathered. The names
of State and Federal highways, paved and unpaved roads, rivers, streams,
railroads and other features of importance shall be included in the map database.
The font type and size for all labeling shall be defined by the DEPARTMENT
and shall not interfere with any map features.
7. Cross sections shall be provided by conventional or DTM processes. The limits
of the cross sections shall be defined as that which is required to design the
PROJECT. However, the minimum cross section length shall be 200 feet left
and right for the mainline and 150 feet left and right for all crossroads.
a. The cross sections shall be measured at a minimum of 50 foot intervals along
all alignments. Additional cross sections shall be measured at all significant
changes in the terrain slope.
b. The measurement of terrain elevations along the cross sections shall not
exceed 50 feet.
c. The cross sections for each alignment shall be stored in independent files and
be appropriately labeled by alignment or route name.
26
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
The CONSULTANT shall provide the following Digital Terrain Model (DTM) Map
Data:
1. Terrain elevations (X, Y, Z coordinates) in the amount necessary to produce an
electronic map which meets American Society of Photogrammetry and Remote
Sensing (ASPRS) CLASS I standards. The vertical accuracy requirements of
points shall meet ASPRS Standard Class I for a 1 foot contour map. Data
gathered for a DTM must include lines of discontinuity that define all terrain
breaks, and the database must also be densified with random elevations that do
not exceed a 150 foot grid. The DTM shall not be created from cross sections.
2. Terrain areas which cannot be gathered photogrammetrically shall be defined in
the DTM file and in the Planimetric file with a closed polygon. In the DTM file
this polygon shall be collected in a manner that creates a profile of the terrain
which encompasses the obscured area. Text will be placed in each polygon, in
the Planimetric file, to identify the area as obscured. This will aid field crews in
locating and enhancing these areas in order to provide a complete DTM
database.
3. All photogrammetric terrain mapping files must be encompassed with a limit
line that is a 2-Dimensional "BORDER" feature limit line survey chain. It is
essential that this "BORDER" chain be closed and positioned to where it can
be draped directly onto the DTM surface in CAiCE. Points on this chain
cannot fall Ol:.tside of the DTM surface.
The CONSULTANT shall compile all electronic photogrammetric data in accordance
with, and meet, the ASPRS ACCURACY STANDARDS FOR LARGE SCALE MAPS-
CLASS I. The aerial photography scale that shall be used for photogrammetric data
collection will be 1:3000, unless otherwise approved by the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall perform field survey checks of horizontal and vertical points
to insure the mapping data meets ASPRS CLASS I standards. These check points are
27
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ill.
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
only to be used as a measure of accuracy and are not to be used as a part of the mapping
control. The check survey data and notes are to be provided to the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall deliver electronic mapping and related data that is formatted to
be compatible with the DEPARTMENT'S design software. The finished maps and all
related items or products shall become the property of the Department of Transportation
and shall be delivered in accordance with the terms of this agreement. All information and
material provided to the CONSULTANT by the DEPARTMENT shall also be returned at
the completion of the agreement. The CONSULTANT shall also be prohibited from
retaining, either for its own use or sale to others, copies of mapping produced or any
related data produced or obtained as a result of this agreement. All mapping and terrain
data shall be delivered to the DEPARTMENT on compact disks (CD).
AE~PHOTOGRAPHY
All aerial photography used by the CONSULTANT for collection of design related data on
DEPARTMENT projects must meet the following minimum standards, unless otherwise
approved by the DEPARTMENT:
1. Be photographed with an aerial camera with a 6" focal length that has been calibrated
within the past four (4) years. A current calibration report shall be provided.
2. Be photographed with KODAK Double X Aerographic (#2405) film or equivalent, as
approved by the DEPARTMENT.
3. Be flown at a scale of 1 :3000 (1" 250'), unless otherwise approved by the
DEPARTMENT.
4. Meet the same aerial photography standards as defined in the U.S. Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administr~tion, Surveying and Mapping Manual dated
November, 1985.
5. All aerial photography, diapositives, bridging data and photo control created as part of
this agreement shall be the property of the DEPARTMENT.
28
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHffiIT "A"
6. Each photograph shall be numbered with the following information: date, scale,
consultant code, county code - route number, flight and photo number. All numbering
shall be done with materials that are permanent.
IV . DATA PROCESSING
The CONSULTANT shall process the field survey and photogrammetric mapping data in
accordance with the DEPARTMENT'S Survey Processing Guidelines. The topographic
(planimetric) data shall be provided in a MicroStation DGN file format and the terrain
data shall be provided in a CAiCE SRV file format. These formats must be compatible
with the DEPARTMENT'S design system software.
The consulting film that provides the property, drainage and field topography data shall
be responsible for processing this data and assembling the final database.
CONSULTANT DELIVERABLES F'OR PHASE IT - DATABASE PREPARATION
1. Complete mapping with field survey enhancements in electronic format
2. Electronic data, hard copy printouts, and plans for checking right-of-way, terrain, and survey data.
3. Digital Map Model (DMM) date. base files
4. Survey Control Packet
29
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
PHASE III - ENVIRONMENTAL DOCUMENT
This phase is not included in this contract. OR See Exhibit "E" for Environmental Scope and Procedure.
30
I
I
September 27, 2000
I
EXHIBIT "A"
PHASl~ IV - PRELIMINARY PLANS
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare, and submit to the DEPARTMENT for review, preliminary roadway
construction plans in the format of the approved concept in Phase I and using surveys and other
information as gathered in Phase II.
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare by CADD (Micro station and CAiCE) and submit on mylar sepias for
review by the DEPARTMENT preliminary roadway designs in English format containing the following:
I
I
1. Proposed ffiathematized horizontal and vertical geometrics for roadways usmg AASHTO
desirable criteria or better. The CONSULTANT shall include on the preliminary roadway design
sheets as a minimum all applicable criteria such as horizontal and vertical clearances,
superelevation and superelevation transitions, speed design for horizontal and vertical alignments,
roadway dimensions, pavement limits, construction limits, roadway and property owner names,
preliminary drainage design and preliminary right-of-way and easements.
2. Preliminary grading plan for roadways using a preliminary pavement section approved by the
DEPARTMENT, including cross sections of the PROJECT plotted at 50 feet intervals, or closer
in special or critical areas.
3. Provide retaining wall locations and develop wall envelopes.
4. Provide preliminary bridge layouts.
5. Develop drainage design showing all cross drains, major river and stream crossings, critical
inlets, all drainage outfalls, detention and retention areas and sanitary sewers. Drainage design,
.plan and profile of existing (to be retained) and proposed, shall be developed sufficiently to
ensure adequate right of way and easement is obtained.
6. Provide hydraulic studies for Federal Emergency Management Agency floodways.
7. Prepare preliminary construction sequence with emp~asis on constructability, required easements,
and erosion control.
8. Prepare preliminary erOSIOn control and maintenance plans especially as it affects required
right-of-way and down stream lakes, ponds or streams. Show all proposed sediment basins. Note
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
31
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
I
EXHIBIT "A"
I
all lakes, ponds, streams, creeks, or other bodies of water downstream within 0.5 miles of
PROJECT right-of-way.
9. Determine preliminary earthwork quantities by stage construction
10. Finalize surface typical sections.
11. Prepare preliminary traffic control plans including signage. Locate strain poles (traffic signal and
overhead sign) and other obstacles that may affect right of way. Include any signage
requirements for detour routes.
12. Develop preliminary driveway profiles.
13. Prepare preliminary utility plans showing the existing locations of all utilities from information
furnished by the DEPARTMENT.
I
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall submit to the DEPARTMENT one set of plan sheets including a cover on
mylar sepias and the Microstation files no later than 30 calendar days from the notice to proceed of this
phase for the DEPARTMENT'S use in coordinating existing utility locations. The plans and files
submitted shall have a minimum of all existing mapping as described in Phase II, property owners,
property lines, and existing right of way. The utility owners will mark their existing locations and return
the plans or electronic files to the DEPARTMENT. The CONSULTANT shall digitize or otherwise
electronically include the existing utility locations in the plans
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall submit mylar sepias of the plan cover sheet, typical sections, plan and profile
sheets, and preliminary plan cross sections to the DEPARTMENT to be used in obtaining a soil survey
and pavement evaluation 120 days prior to requesting the PFPR.
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare and submit to the DEPARTMENT for approval the preliminary bridge
and wall layouts in accordance with Appendix "C".
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare and submit to the DEPARTMENT, in writing, preliminary estimates
of quantities and PROJECT construction cost(s). Every item need not be covered in this estimate, only
those items that will establish a reasonable estimate of the total construction cost. The DEPARTMENT,
upon request, will furnish unit cost data for similar type projects as may be available.
I
32
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
The CONSULTANT shall attend and participate in the PFPR as per the Plan Development Process. The
CONSULTANT shall provide fourteen (14) sets of full size and two (2) sets of half size preliminary
construction plans, a letter size cover sheet, typical section, and location map, and a letter describing the
project and requesting the PFPR. In addition, the CONSULTANT shall provide capacity analysis of all
major intersections, draft special provisions, drainage calculations and hydraulic studies. PFPR review
comments from the DEPARTMENT shall be incorporated into the preliminary plans by the
CONSLLTANT. The CONSULTANT shall address all comments in the PFPR report in writing within
two weeks of receiving the approved report. An updated set of plans showing that the comments from the
PFPR were made will not be necessary unless the DEPARTMENT considers that the comments require
additional plan review.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a Design Exception Report for any design feature that does not meet
the criteria in the current AASHTO publication, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets
and The Design Policy on Design Standards - Interstate System, as adopted by the FHW A. The report
shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT for approval and further coordination and approval by the
FHW A. The report shall contain information and be formatted as described in the DEPARTMENT'S
Plan Development Process.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a Design Variance Report for any design feature that does not meet
DEPARTMENT standards or policy. The report shall be submitted .to the DEPARTMENT for approval.
The report shall contain information and be formatted as described in the DEPARTMENT'S Plan
Development Process.
33
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
CONSULTANT DELIVERABLES }'OR PHASE IV- PRELIMINARY PLANS
1. Sets of plans for a Prelimii:1ary Field Plan Review including cover, typical sections, plan and
profile sheets, wall and bridge layouts, utility sheets, construction sequence and erosion
control sheets, traffic control sheets, drainage profile sheets, and cross sections. The plans
shall also be submitted in electronic format.
2. Earthwork quantities.
3. Preliminary construction cost estimates.
4. FEMA and Bridge Hydrau"lic Studies.
5. Mylar sepias of preliminary plans and electronic files for utility locations and soil survey
investigation.
6. Preliminary Field Plan Review report response.
7. Design Exception/V ariance report( s), if applicable.
34
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "Au
PHASE V - RIGHT-OF-WAY PLANS:
The CONSULTANT shall prepare preliminary right-of-way plans for the PROJECT using information
received, gathered, or produced in phases I, II, III and N of the PROJECT. All linear and area units shall
be in English. Parcel data table description should be placed on same sheet as parcel or on sheet directly
following parcel. Placing all data sheet; in the back of the project plan set is discouraged. Parcels shall
be numbered consecutively beginning with the number one (1) and continuing the parcel count,
alternating from one side of the roadway to the other. If there are additional parcels required, the
inclusion of an alphabetical combination with the parcel number is appropriate for an interior or
beginning parcel number. The use of parcel numbers with alphabetical combinations should not conflict
with the letters that denote acquisition of remainders (R), Wetlands (W), and signs (S). Parcel numbers
shall n01 be changed after the first plan submittal. The CONSULTANT shall not renumber the parcels
unless specifically instructed in writing by the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall use the following checklist to complete the right of way plans:
A. Cover Sheet
1. Project Number and County at bottom including any phase or section number.
2. Location Sketch. (Flag project site and show North Arrow).
3. Limited Access Project Note. (If Applicable).
4. Land Lot Numbers and Lines.
5. Land District Numbers and Lines.
6. G.M.D. Numbers and Lines (If Applicable).
7. North Arrow
8. Stations on primary centerline used throughout the project.
9. Street Names--all existing locations including Mainline, State Route and U.S. Numbers.
10. Limits of Rights of Way Acquisition labeled on cross streets (where station/offset
information is taken from cross street centerline).
11. Back Property Lines. (Include Property map if necessary). On Limited Access Projects,
the access to parcel remainders should be shown.
12. Existing and Required right of way (labeled & shown).
35
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
13. Begin and End Right of Way Acquisition. Mile log designation (to the nearest tenth) if
available. Project should show one Begin and one End acquisition; with beginning right
of way acquisition extending from left to right without regard to the north arrow
direction. Use Exceptions when applicable.
14. Gross length of right of way project. (Project length from the Beginning of Right of Way
Acquisition to the End of Right of Way Acquisition). Net length of Right of Way Project.
(project length less any exceptions).
15. Parcel Numbers (for large projects, property map sheets behind the cover sheet may be
substituted)
16. Completion date of plans. Do not change completion date of plans with each submission
for review and approval. The initial completion date applies to all subsequent submittals.
17. Designer name should be shown (signature no longer required).
18. Program Item Number (R/W P.I. Number)
19. County Line, with counties clearly labeled (If Applicable).
20. Limited Access labeled and shown required and existing with appropriate symbols.
21. Dual Project Plans that clearly identifY each project.
22. Scale ofthe cover sheet.
23. Date of Location and Design Approval
24. Revision block. All revision dates must be included on number one (1) cover sheet.
25. City limits shown where applicable.
26. Conventional Signs Legend.
B. Plan Sheets - General
1. Land Lot Numbers and Lines (Shown and labeled).
2. Land District Numbers and Lines (Shown and labeled).
3. G.M.D. Numbers and Lines (Shown and labeled).
4. North Arrow
5. Full Stations and offsets; if more than one centerline is used, state which centerline the
information is taken from or provide a general note. If a general note is provided, please
36
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27. 2000
EXHIBIT "An
make sure it agrees with centerline stations and offsets taken from the alignment. This
also includes existing and required right of way points at P.C. and P.T. Stations.
6. Survey Centerline with Bearings (Labeled).
7. Construction Centerline with Bearing (Labeled if Applicable).
8. Street Names - all existing locations including Mainline, State Route and U.S. Route
Numbers.
9. Construction Limits (Labeled or provide legend, include symbols for cut (C) or fill (F).
10. Sheets may overlap (for clarity or parcels, however, duplicate information should be kept
to a minimum).
11. Existing R/W and Existing L/ A labeled or provide legend. Existing right-of-way must be
shown on County Roads. If existing right-of-way can not be determined, please show
area maintained as existing right-of-way.
12. Required R/W and Required L/A labeled or provide legend.
13. Curve Data.
14. (BLA) and (ELA) at access break points. Provide station and offset.
15. Dual project plans clearly show begin/end each project.
16. Begin and End R/W Acquisition including easement
17. Title Block. (lower right - all sheets numbered.)
18. "Legend" for L/ A, Required R/W, Property Lines, Existing R/W, Construction limits,
easements and any other symbols used in the plans. The Department standard legend
shall be used. Do not change this legend in any way..
19. Angles and Stations of all roadway intersections.
20. Edge of pavement (existing and proposed) on mainline, cross roads and drives.
21. Limits of Rights of Way Acquisition labeled on cross streets (where station/offset
information is taken from cross street centerline).
22. Equality Stations (if any).
23. Any Utility Relocation.
24. Drainage, culverts, channel changes, side and cross drains.
25. Driveways, Tie Ins and Cross Streets.
37
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "An
26. Dual County Projects - County pertaining to individual sheet. Flag County line station on
centerline.
27. Sheets must have revision block.
28. The scale of the R/W plans should be shown on each plan sheet.
29. City Limits should be shown on all projects.
30. Coordinates are required at two points on the centerline for each plan sheet. These points
should be reference points such as P.c.'s, P.T.'s, Side Street centerline intersections or
railroad intersections. (lfreference points are not available, even stations should be used.)
31. Right of way from railroads should be referenced from both centerline and to the nearest
railroad milepost. Coordinates are required. See latest RR MOG.
32. Locating the railroad milepost applies to all areas of right of way and easement which are
not contiguous.
33. Location and size of all sediment ponds, detention facilities, wetland areas and wetland
mitigation areas, and other major erosion control facilities.
C. Individual Property (Parcels)
1. Full Station and offsets at all points. Existing and required, including P.c. and P.T.
Stations.
2. On all lines within the required right of way, show bearings and distances; arcs and radius
on all curved lines. On curved line also include chord length and chord bearing.
EXCEPTION: Bearings not required on existing Right of Way.
3. Area for required Righ: of Way (Square feet and acres). Acres should be computed to
three decimal places
4. Remainder(s). Remaining areas shall be shown on all parcels requiring right of way.
Parcels with remainders on each side of the centerline or cross streets should show
separate areas (left and right) for each remainder. Parcels with easement acquisition only
(except driveway easement) should give a remainder. Areas of less than an acre should
be shown to the nearest hundredth of an acre, areas between 1 - 10 acres should be shown
to the nearest tenth of an acre and areas over 10 acres should be shown to the nearest
acre, all plus or minus.
38
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "A"
5. Easement Labeled or provide legend. Full Station and offset required; hatch construction
easements. On railroad parcels, easements should not be closer than 15 feet from the
centerline of the tract.
6. Driveway easement should have full station and offset on all points.
7. Easement Area in square feet for each type easement (Does not include driveway
easements). Parcels requiring easement only should also give a remainder for parcel or
total lot size (does not include driveway easements).
8. Parcel Number on all sheets applicable.
9. Property Owners name on all sheets applicable.
10. Buildings labeled. (If Data is available.)
11. Advertisement signs (label with station and offsets).
12. Access Rights only, provide parcel number, owner, linear feet of access rights and parcel
remainder (total area).
13. Access Breaks (also show dimension of Access Breaks and Driveways). Provide station
and offset for ELA and BLA.
14. Show paving improvements within required right of way.
15. Show signs, gas islands, pump tanks, and permanent light fixtures. Signs within the
required rights of way should be located and annotated.
16. Reference parcel number to sheet(s) necessary to cover the entire parcel shown in plans.
17. Parcels with tracts should have a total shown for the required right of way and/or
easement area (for each type easement excluding driyeways).
18. Parcel description should proceed in a clockwise direction when data tables are used.
The CONSULTANT shall submit two (2) sets of mylar sepias and one (1) set of prints of the preliminary
right-or-way plans to the DEPARTMENT for review and comment. The CONSULTANT shall revise the
preliminary right-of-way plans in accordance with the DEPARTMENT'S comments and submit two (2)
sets of mylar sepias and one (1) set of prints of the revised preliminary right-of-way plans along with the
previously marked up prints for the DEPARTMENT'S review and comment. This process may take three
(3) or more iterations before the preliminary right-of-way plans can be approved.
39
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "Au
When the preliminary right-of-way plans are approved by the DEPARTMENT, they will become known
as Fina.l Right-of-Way plans. The CONSULTANT shall be responsible for ensuring that the right-of-way
and construction plans reflect the CUITe:nt property, property owners, topography, and terrain data through
the Final Right-of-Way plans approval The CONSULTANT shall submit to the DEPARTMENT in an
e1ectro:lic format Microstation files and CAiCE data files for the DEPARTMENT'S use.
The CONSULTANT shall stake all existing and required rights-of-way and/or easement along the entire
project .limits and for each parcel where right of way or easement is required upon written "Notice to
Proceed" by the DEPARTMENT on this specific task. Notice to Proceed may be issued upon the
DEPARTMENT'S approval of the right of way plans.
Right of way staking shall be completed in accordance with the following procedures:
A. REQUIREDRIGHT-OF-WAYPOINTS
Place 60 penny nails with red flagging at all required right-of-way break points. Place 60 penny
nails with blue flagging at all property line intersections with the required right-of-way. A guard
stake shall be placed next to each point denoting the identification of the point. Red flagging shall
be placed on each guard stake.
1. Guard stakes shall read: "REQ'D RJW" on one side of stake and should show the station and
offset on the other side.
2. The maximum distance between right-of-way, property line, and easement stakes shall be 250
feet. Intermediate stakes may be required to achieve the distance. The location of the
adjacent points (each side) shall be clearly visible from any given point. Flagging may be
used as required to make this possible.
B. EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY POINTS
Wooden stakes shall be placed at all existing right-of-way points or existing easement points.
Stakes at these points shall read: "EXIST RJW" or "EXIST EAS" on one side of the stake and
shall show the station and offset on the other side. These stakes shall be flagged with white
ribbon. NOTE: Do not place nails at existing right-of-way points.
40
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "A"
C. CONSTRUCTION EASEMENTS POINTS
All easement break points shall be staked using wooden guard stakes flagged with yellow ribbon.
The words "CONST EAS" shall be shown on one side of the stake and the station and offset shall
be shown on the other side. Temporary driveway easements shall also be staked.
D. STAKING ACCURACY
The same survey accuracy standards apply for right-of-way staking as are defmed in the Data
Base Preparation Phase. All points staked will be based on State Plane Coordinates. No surface
coordinates will be used.
Upon written "Notice to Proceed" to stake the right-of-way, the DEPARTMENT shall schedule a Field
Right-of-Way Plan (FRWP) review. The CONSULTANT shall provide one set of mylar sepia plans for
the review. The CONSULTANT shall altend and participate in the FRWP review.
The intent of the FRWP review is to check the dimensions and limits of required right-of-way and
easements, the location and size of driveways and driveway easements, label of existing structures on the
property (type of structure i.e. frame or 'brick; number of stories etc.), location and types of signs, walls,
fences, and other data as may be pertinent to property values and should therefore be shown or identified
in the plans. The FRWP shall occur after the right-of-way staking is complete. During the FRWP review
the right-of-way plans shall be compared to the latest set of preliminary plans and comments received
from the PFPR to assure compliance with the accepted design. The CONSULTANT shall be responsible
for making all revisions, deletions, or additions to the right-of-way plans resulting from the FRWP
review. The CONSULTANT shall be responsible for insuring that the right-of-way plans reflect current
property: topography and terrain data through the FRWP review.
The CONSULTANT shall only revise the final right-of-way plans if approved or directed by the
DEPARTMENT. The CONSULTANT shall expeditiously make all changes to the final right-of-way
plans due to changes in the roadway design only if requested to do so in writing by the DEPARTMENT.
CONSULTANT DELIVERABLES FOR PHASE V - RIGHT OF WAY PLANS:
41
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
I. Three or more submittals of preliminary right-of-way plans (two sets of mylar sepias and one
set of blue lines each submi~:sion).
2. Final Right of Way plans in electronic format (microstation files).
3. Preliminary construction plans in an electronic format (microstation files).
4. Electronic CAiCE data file and output file containing only the point numbers and north and
east coordinates of the PROJECT'S survey control, centerline, Right of Way and Easement
points.
5. PROJECf survey control point/monument sketches.
6. Staked right-of-way
7. Plans for a FRWP review
42
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
PHASE VI - FINAL DESIGN CONSTRUCTION PLANS:
All final plans shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT on mylar sepia and in electronic format. Final
construction plans shall be arranged and indexed in the order shown in Appendix "A". The
CONSULT ANT'S services for the construction plans shall include a minimum of the following:
1. Prepare fmal plan and profile sheets for the roadway, ramps, side streets, and detours as described
in Appendix "A".
2. Prepare cross sections of the all PROJECf roadways, detours and ramps showing the existing and
proposed elevations, at intervalE, of 50 feet, or closer in special or critical areas, measured along
lhe centerline of construction. Intermediate sections will be required as necessary to fully clarify
lhe intent of the plans.
3. Prepare detailed plan sheets for all design features requmng additional detailed design
information, including such examples as the geometrics of intersections; local street treatment;
minor structures; drainage facilities; approach slabs; appurtenances such as utilities and details
covering special problems as determined by the CONSULTANT or the DEPARTMENT and
approved by the DEP ARTMENr.
4. Prepare special grading plans as required or requested by the DEPARTMENT.
5. Design and detail fully dimensioned plans for all drainage structures.
6. Design pavement structures using the DEPARTMENT'S Asphalt Pavement Design (APD)
wftware for the mainline roadway and all side streets, ramps, detours, driveways, etc. The
CONSULTANT shall submit the pavement designs along with the PROJECT cover sheet, typical
sections and AADT traffic sheets for approval by the DEPARTMENT.
7. Prepare final Signing, Marking, and Signal plans and quantities.
8. Prepare summary of quantities and detailed estimate sheets in accordance with DEPARTMENT
practice. Roadway quantities shall be summarized on a sheet by sheet basis.
9. Prepare detailed erosion control plans indicating sediment basins, and other special items required
tD ensure adequate quantities to cover all stages of construction.
10. ,,{hen applicable, prepare construction plans for bridges, gravity walls, and cast-in-place retaining
walls including applicable notes for stage construction.
43
I
I
I
I
September 27. 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
I
11. Prepare a detailed construction sequence (staging plans) to indicate maintenance of traffic
procedures to be utilized during construction. Plans shall show details of all detour routings,
temporary pavements, construction staging, additional erosion control as necessary, and special
traffic control devices. The plans and/or specifications shall indicate any required intermediate
~onstruction dates. Required restrictions to construction activity or lanes shall be clearly
:indicated and be approved by the DEPARTMENT in writing prior to incorporation into the plans.
Temporary signing, marking, and signal plans and other traffic control details shall be included
with each construction sequence.
12. Prepare fma1 utility plans for all. utilities necessary for the PROJECT. The preparation includes
the review of existing and proposed utility locations from plans furnished by utility companies.
These plans will be pencil drawings on blue line prints or electronic data and it shall be the
CONSULTANT'S responsibility to review for errors or omissions. After reviews are complete,
locations shall be incorporated electronically onto final utility plan sheets. These sheets shall be
included into the final plans. The request for final utility relocations shall be made once all
comments from the PFPR are address, Right of Way plans are approved and written Notice to
Proceed is given for PHASE V.
13. Plans shall show all the necessary information as determined by the DEPARTMENT, to permit
construction stake-out and to indicate and delineate details necessary for the construction by a
construction contractor.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare special provisions and suppkmental specifications following the
format as outlined in the DEPARTMENT'S "Standard Specifications Construction of Roads and
Bridges", current edition and the "Supplemental Specifications" current edition modifying, augmenting or
deleting the provisions of the Standard Specifications as required.
I
I
I
I
I
The CONSULTANT shall incorporate into the plans, when-applicable, certain other plans furnished by
others, a~~ specified by the DEPARTMENT or as furnished by the CONSULTANT. The incorporated
plans may include but is not limited to:
1. Lighting plans
2. Landscaping plans
44
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "A"
3. Final Bridge plans
4. Final Wall plans
5. Public utility relocation plans
6. Other work to be included in the construction agreement
7. Wetland mitigation plans
8. Borrow/waste pit location plans
The plan incorporation shall consist of indexing, numbering of sheets and including quantities on the
detailed estimate sheet.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare the final construction plans and specifications so that the quantities
and detailed estimate may be broken into separate construction agreements. The CONSULTANT shall
prepare a final detailed construction cost estimate for the PROJECf and each construction agreement
using current item costs provided by the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall attend and participate in a Final Field Plan Review (FFPR) prior to acceptance
of the design work. The CONSULTANT shall submit fourteen (14) sets of full size and two (2) sets of
half size construction plans, a letter size cover sheet, typical sections, and location map and a letter
describing the PROJECf and requesting the FFPR. In addition, the CONSULTANT shall provide all
project special provisions in DEPARTMENT format, earthwork calculations, and the approved pavement
design. The CONSULTANT shall address all comments in the FFF'R report in writing within two weeks
of rece.iving the approved report. FFPR comments shall be incorporated in the design plans by the
CONSUL T ANT before final plans are submitted.
CONSULTANT DELIVERABLES FOR PHASE VI - FINAL PLANS:
1. Final construction plans on both mylar sepias and in electronic format
2. DEPARTMENT electronic files including earthwork and programs used for this PROJECf
3. Special provisions
4. Final detailed cost estimates
45
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIDIT "An
5. All marked utility plans and other utility information furnished by DEPARTMENT or the
Utility companies
6. Mylar sepias of final plans for utility location checks
7. Sets of plans for Final Field Plan Review and completed checklist with all required plans,
specifications etc.
8. Pavement designs for the project using the DEPARTMENT'S APD
9. Copies of all design calculations, notes and other information completed through all phases of
the PROJECT design
10. Plans addressing results and conunents from the Final Field Plan review
46
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHmIT "An
PHASE vn - SHOP DRAWING REVIEW:
Following the award of each construction agreement, the CONSULTANT shall review shop drawings
submittl~d by the contractor. Shop drawings may include detailed drawings, diagrams, illustrations,
schedules, catalog data, material certifications, fabrication procedures, test results, design calculations,
storage and/or transportation procedures, test results, etc., submitted by the contractor for the proposed
method of accomplishing the work given the specific requirements of the agreement documents.
Specific.ally, the CONSULTANT shall:
1. Review shop detail drawings that are required for steel girders, precast/prestressed beams,
miscellaneous metal, and other materials required on construction, except for reinforcing
steel.
2. Review shop detail drawings and design notes that are required by the agreement documents
for bearing assemblies, expansion joints, deck castings, mechanically stabilized earth walls
and tie back systems. TIlis work shall also include reviewing any contractor proposed
substitution and redesign of individual components as allowed by the agreement documents.
Alternate submissions may include, but not limited to, the substitution of precast beam types,
pile types, retaining wall types, and other similar components.
3. The review of shop drawir.gs by the CONSULTANT shall not extend to means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or programs incident thereto, unless a
specific mean, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated or
required by the agreement documents.
4. The CONSULTANT shall return to the DEPARTMENT all submittals of shop drawings with
their approval or review comments within ten (10) working days of receipt of the shop
drawings from the DEPARTMENT.
The CONSULTANT shall provide office support by responding to questions and providing clarifications
for elements of the design and agreement documents at the request of the DEPARTMENT. This may
include preparation of supplemental sketches, written notes and instructions; interpretations of drawings
47
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27 , 2000
EXHffiIT "An
and specifications as it relates to design intent; attendance at meetings requested by the DEPARTMENT;
and other items as determined by the DEPARTMENT arising from the construction process.
The CONSULTANT shall provide field support and assistance as requested by the DEPARTMENT by
visiting ':he site to consult with the DEPARTMENT'S personnel on an on-call basis.
SECTION C - ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE DEPARTMENT:
The DEPARTMENT hereby agrees to fi.lI11ish or make available the following services or information to
the COKSUL T ANT:
All soil borings, as determined by the CONSULTANT and approved by the DEPARTMENT.
The Department shall analyze and test such soil boring samples and prepare necessary soil
engineering reports and design recommendations based on such soils data. The
DEPARTMENT does not warrant such recommendations and the CONSULTANT shall use
such information at its risk.
2. DEPARTMENT standard drawings and construction details on mylar sepias or in electronic
format applicable to the work.
3. All applicable Standards, Specifications, Supplemental Specifications and Special Provisions
currently published by the DEPARTMENT.
4. Conduct all negotiations with the utilities, authorities, alld railroads, except where portions of
this work may be specifically delegated to the CONSULT ANT under other provisions of this
Agreement.
5. Approval of the pavement design for the roadway, ramps, driveways and side streetsas
prepared by the CONSULTANT.
6. Existing and proposed utility locations which consist of electronic CADD files or pencil
drawings on blueline prints. Electronic CADD files and reproducible plans sheets of the
proposed roadway with existing topography shall be furnished by the CONSULTANT. The
CONSULTANT shall be responsible for transferring all pencil drawings into electronic
format (see SECTION K for description).
48
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27. 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
7. Details of special traffic control devices.
8. Base year and 20 year projected traffic assignments, including turning movements.
9. Delineation of wetlands if Phase ill is not included in contract.
to. Wetland mitigation plans if Phase III is not included in contract.
11. Base Mapping files when available.
12. Control survey notes and any applicable survey drawings when available.
13. Standard Department electronic files:
a. Microstation Cell libraries
b. CAiCE files (KCTABLES etc.)
All files and other information (data) provided by the DEPARTMENT are to be used on this project only.
All files, modifications to such files, and other information (data) shall be returned to the DEPARTMENT
at the close of Agreement.
SECTION D - DESIGN ECONOMY:
The CONSULTANT shall make every effort to provide the most economical design. The
CONSULTANT shall consider environmental concerns, right of way constraints and costs, and
construction sequencing in the design. The CONSULTANT shall meet, discuss, and recommend
economic considerations and construction staging with the DEPARTMENT during PHASE I -
CONCEPT DEVELOPMENT and PHASE N - PRELIMINARY PLANS.
SECTION E - QUALIFICATION OF CONSULTANT'S PERSONNEL AND ENDORSEMENT OF
DOCUMENTS:
The CONSULTANT shall employ only persons duly registered in Georgia in the appropriate category by
the Georgia State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors. These registered
employees must be in responsible charge of supervision and design of the work. The CONSULTANT
shall employ only qualified registered, by the State of Georgia, land surveyors in responsible charge of
any survey work.
49
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHffiIT "A"
The CONSULTANT shall use only the design team represented to the DEPARTMENT and approved by
the DEI'ARTMENT at the time of negotiations. The CONSULTANT shall request in writing any
changes in the design team within two (2) weeks of any such change. The DEPARTMENT shall review
and approve such changes before design work continues.
The CONSULTANT shall review and l~nsure the accuracy of all final reports, agreement construction
plans, ar.d survey data submitted to the DEPARTMENT. Submittals shall be endorsed bearing a valid
Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor stamp by the person duly registered in the appropriate category
by the Georgia State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors, being in the
full employ of the CONSULTANT and responsible for the work prescribed by this Agreement.
SECTIUN F - RELATIONSHIP WITH OTHERS:
The CONSULTANT shall cooperate fully with the DEPARTMENT, consultants on adjacent projects,
federal government officials, municipalities and local government officials, utility companies, railroads
and others, as may be directed by the DEPARTMENT. Such cooperation shall include furnishing
displays, plans and other requested data produced in the course of work on the PROJECT. It shall also
include attendance at hearings, meetings, and other discussions requested by the DEPARTMENT to
effect such cooperation and compliance with all directives issued by the DEPARTMENT.
It is understood and agreed that all work shall be subject to the approval of the Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA). The FHWA will have access to CONSULTANT'S work and be furnished
information as directed by the DEPARTMENT, including access to the CONSULTANT'S records for
audit where such audit may be required by law. When and if deemed necessary or desirable as the work
progresses, representatives of the FHW A and of the DEP AR::rMENT, in order to assure compliance with
the speci::ications in this Agreement and to review the development of the plans and special provisions,
may visit the office of the CONSULTANT.
SECTION G - PROGRESS REPORTS:
50
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "An
The CONSULT ANT shall report to the DEPARTMENT on suitable forms approved by the
DEPARTMENT the status of work on the last day of each month during the life of the Agreement. Prints
of current plans may be required where necessary to support progress reports.
The report shall include, but is not limited to:
1. Activities (specific tasks) during this period (by phase)
2. :\1eetings during the period
3. Submissions during the period
4. Deliverables completed during the period
5. Status of schedule (ahead or behind); reason for being behind
6. Quality assurance activities
SECTION H - CONFERENCES AND FIELD INSPECTIONS:
The CONSULTANT shall visit and familiarize himself with the project site, acquainting himself with all
local conditions involved in the prosecution of this Agreement. The CONSULTANT may request that a
represen.~ative of the DEPARTMENT accompany him on his site visit. As work progresses either party
may req.~est a conference or additional field inspection to discuss phases of work. In this event, the
parties s~hall agree on a time and place for the conference or inspec.tion and each party shall attend. All
conferences and meetings shall be held at a location that will not be a direct cost to the PROJECT. In the
event the: parties cannot agree on a time and place for the conference, the DEPARTMENT will have fmal
decision. The CONSULTANT shall a:tend a minimum of two field plan reviews in addition to the
original :;ite inspection.
SECTION I - RIGHT TO ENTRY:
The CONSULTANT will notify all property owners or occupants of the intent to enter properties for the
purpose of accomplishing surveys or other field investigations in accordance with the practices of the
DEPARTMENT. Upon request by the CONSULTANT, the DEPARTMENT will provide the necessary
51
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
documents identifying the CONSULTANT as being in the employment of the DEPARTMENT for the
purposes described in the Agreement. If the property owner or occupant denies the CONSULTANT
permission to enter, such incident shan be reported to the DEPARTMENT and the DEPARTMENT will
initiate such action as is dictated by current policy and procedure.
SECTION J - ACCURACY OF WORK:
The CONSULTANT shall be responsible for the accuracy of the work and shall promptly correct its
errors and omissions without additional compensation. Acceptance of the work by the DEPARTMENT
will not relieve the CONSULTANT of the responsibility for subsequent correction of any errors, the
clarification of any ambiguities, or the costs associated with any additional work, which may include
constru,;tion costs caused by errors in, or omissions from, the plans prepared by the CONSULTANT.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare any plans or gather data required to correct the CONSULTANT'S
errors or omissions. At any time during the construction of the PROJECT or during any phase of work
perfonr..ed by others based on data secured by the CONSULTANT under the Agreement, the
CONSULTANT shall confer with the DEPARTMENT for the purpose of interpreting the information
obtained and correct any errors or omissions made by the CONSULTANT. The above consultations,
clarific~ltions or corrections shall be made without added compensation to the CONSULTANT. The
CONSULTANT shall give immediate priority to these changes so there will be an absolute minimum of
delay to others. The CONSULTANT will be required to make a review of the items furnished by the
DEPARTMENT and shall report to the DEPARTMENT in writing as to the adequacy of the information
furnished within ten (10) days. Any corrective action needed shall be made by the DEPARTMENT or
included as work to be performed by the CONSULTANT as a supplemental Agreement.
SECTION K - UTILITlES:
The CONSULTANT shall identify all privately, publicly or cooperatively owned utility companies
adjacent to the PROJECT. The CONSULTANT shall then furnish the DEPARTMENT with electronic
CADD files and one set of reproducible plans of the cover sheet, typical section sheets, plan and profile
sheets, and cross section sheets that may be submitted by the DEPARTMENT to the utility companies so
52
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
that the: existing facilities can be shown on the plans. The DEPARTMENT will fOlWard to the
CONSULTANT such electronic files and marked up prints when they are received from the utility
compames.
The CONSULTANT shall use this intormation and the results of its survey to identify any conflicts
betweer. the proposed PROJECT and the existing utility locations. The CONSULTANT shall then
furnish the DEPARTMENT additional electronic CADD files and one set of reproducible plans
including: cover, typical sections, roadway plan and profile, cross sections, drainage profile sheets and
utility p2an sheets. These plans will be submitted by the DEPARTMENT to the utility companies so that
the utility relocations can be shown on the plans. The DEPARTMENT will fOlWard to the
CONSULTANT such electronic files and marked up prints when they are received from the utility
compames. The CONSULTANT shall use this information to prepare final utility plans for the
PROJECT and ensure the utility plans conform to the plans for the PROJECT.
It is acknowledged by the CONSULTANT and the DEPARTMENT that the proposed utility relocation
process may occur three times per utility.
The CONSULTANT shall make no commitments to the utility companies that are binding upon the
DEPARTMENT. The DEPARTMENT will conduct all negotiations with the utilities and authorities;
however, the CONSULTANT will participate in such negotiations at the request of the DEPARTMENT.
SECTIO:~ L - LIAISON ENGINEER:
The DEPARTMENT will appoint a representative to act as the Liaison Engineer between the
CONSULTANT, the DEPARTMENT and any other parties. The Liaison Engineer shall arrange for
conferences and exchanges of data and information and for necessary approvals, except for such portion
of these :liaison duties as are specifically delegated to the CONSULTANT under other provisions of the
Agreement.
53
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
All correspondence, notes, phone logs, data, information, reports, and requests for printing and computer
service ~;hall be directed to the Liaison Engineer. The number of copies of such data shall be designated
by the Liaison Engineer to provide for proper distribution to the parties concerned.
All conferences, including telephone conversations, shall be reduced to writing by the CONSULTANT
and two copies of these minutes shall be forwarded to the Liaison Engineer within seven (7) calendar
days of the event. Any decisions made shall be higWighted.
The CO:~SUL T ANT shall meet with the DEPARTMENT for review of the work on a regular monthly
basis at times determined by the DEP1\RTMENT. The Liaison Engineer will expedite any necessary
decision:; affecting the performance of the CONSULTANT'S Agreement. The CONSULTANT shall not
make use of the Liaison Engineer's services on design problems or other trivial or minor matters normally
to be decided by the CONSULTANT, nor shall the Liaison Engineer's services be use to design alternate
solutionr. and recommended solutions on such matters.
SECTION M - DELNERY OF DOCU1vI:ENTS:
Except as otherwise provided herein: the CONSULTANT shall submit all documents, reports,
supplemental specifications, special provisions, sketches, design notes, and other papers and supporting
data required under this agreement to the DEPARTMENT in duplicate. Deliverables shall be sent to the
Georgia Department of Transportation, No.2 Capitol Square, Atlanta, Georgia 30334, attention of the
Liaison Engineer with the corresponding office and room number, or at such other place or places as may
be subsequently designated by written notice to the CONSULTANT. All written notices, demands and
other papers or documents to be delivered to the CONSULTANT under this Agreement shall be directed
to or at :;uch a place or places subsequently to be designated in writing by the CONSULTANT to the
DEPARTMENT.
SECTIO:~ N - SUPERVISION AND CONTROL:
54
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "A"
The CONSULTANT shall perform the services required to accomplish the work plan as stated herein
under :mch control and supervision by the DEPARTMENT, as the DEPARTMENT may deem
appropriate. This agreement excludes engineering supervision of construction together with all field
surveys during construction.
55
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "B"
EXHIBIT "B"
OUTLINE/SCHEDULE
The PROJECT plans shall be developed in accordance with the following schedule.
Recognizing that there are many unknowns that will only be uncovered during the prosecution of
the PROJECT, changes in the schedule are acknowledged. Only changes to the schedule
approved in writing by the DEPARTlv1ENT will be allowed.
56
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B
Windsor Spring Road
Augusta-Richmond County
Exhibit
SchedUle
Development
Project
Develop Alternates
Gather Data
Traffic Studies
Evaluate Concept,
Concept Report
Phase II - Database Preparation
Aerial Mapping
Field Surveys
Topographic & Property Databases
Phase I Environmental Document
Studies
Document
Environmenta
Environmental
6.
6
6.
Phase IV mmary Plans
Preliminary Design
Preliminary Field Plan Review
Phase V - Right of Way Plans
Right of Way Plans
Stake Right of Way
Phase VI - Final Construction Plans
Plans
Field Plan Review
Plans Package
Public Hearing
Prel
Fma
Fina
Fina
Lettin
6
-
6.
Consultant Activity
County/GOOT Review
Milestone/Meeting
Schedule 010605 lib 1
6/5/2001 9:14 AM
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Estimate Worksbee
;\~gusta-RJcbmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Cos
Toiai
Materials
&
Travel
lullli
Sub-
Total
Labor
Cost
Overbead
Labor
~
152.00%
Profit
Labor
~
10%
& Goulding
Jordan, Jones
Consultant
Cost
Total
Cost
TASKS
65.055.00
345.400.00
212.661.50
323.245.47
53.590.74
999.952.71
TOTAL
5,170.00
220.00
100.00
3,680.00
50.00
50.00
150.00
600.00
320.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
7,941.60
9 2.00
2,561.60
3,016.00
7,209.60
570.00
760.80
304.80
1,524.00
1,082.80
27,271.24
1,386.24
3,893.63
4,584.32
10,958.59
866.40
1,156.42
463 30
2,316.48
,645.86
4,521.28
229.82
645.52
760.03
,816.82
143.64
191.72
7/i.Rl
384.05
272.87
57,904.12
2,528.06
0,320.75
8,460.35
23,665.0 I
1,630.04
2,158.94
994.9
PHASE I -ConceptValldatlon
Gather Data
Obtain Traffic Counts / Develop Traffic Projections
Perform Traffic Analysis
Develop Concept Layout Alternatives
Prepare Design Data Book
Prepare Concept Report
Concept T~<:m Meeting
Meetings and coordination
Project Management
5,232.90
867.57
4,824.53
3,321.53
228,,483.17
65,600.00
89,600.00
4,800.00
60,602.08
1,349.00
,280.00
60.00
217,600.00
65,600.00
89,600.00
4,800.00
57,600.00
3,442.70
,083.00
,532.10
827.60
1,646.16
2,328.79
,257.95
272.92
386.09
208.56
5,526.98
2,354.11
PHASE II - Database Preparation
Prepare aerial mapping
Field Surveys
Perform Property Research
Prepare topo & property database, DTM
Quality control
Project management
2,360.00
22,800.00
19,522.60
671.60
29,624.35
1,020.83
21,005.79
2,444.77
846.64
4!919.69
169.24
3,482.54
79,276.64
1,861.67
62,457.93
of 9
Page
,350.00
120.00
190.00
700.00
22,800.00
13,819.60
1,608.40
557.00
1,912.00
954.00
2,906.24
,450.08
405.32
140.36
481.82
240.41
4,578.49
1,734.00
6,000.06
2,644.49
Assessment
PHASE III - EnvlronmentJIl Document
Preliminary Analysis
Data Gathering & Studies
Prepare NEP A Categorical Excl. or Envir.
Prepare NWP23 Wetalnds Permit
Public Information Meetings & Public Hearing
Project Management
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Worksheet
Estimate
Cos
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Total
Materials
&
Trayel
lotal
Sub-
Total
Labor
Cos
Overhead
on
Labor
Profit
un
Labor
@
10%
Jordan, Jones & Goulding
19,860.00
Consultant
Cos
75,290:00
67,314.40
2,736.00
174.00
170.00
130.00
960.00
640.00
2,720.00
2,240.00
160.00
44,200.00
,600.00
,440.00
,120.00
50.00
80.00
300.00
2,400.00
600.00
1,800.00
1,920.00
600.00
600.00
330.00
@.
152.00%
102,317.89
4,158.72
264.48
2,886.02
216.60
173.28
2,476. ~
3,594.50
2,270.42
01\1 C 0.-,
UJVI';~O ,
3,642.07
2.733.95
6,551.81
2,784.34
619.25
3,529.44
1,853.18
6,785.28
3,126.34
2,371.20
1.163.7
16,963.24
689.47
Total
Cos
281,655.53
TASKS
PHASE IV - Preliminary Design
Establish geometries
Coyer sheet
24,000.00
7,000.00
1,898.70
142.50
114.00
8,208.00
2,364.80
1,493.70
~ ......,... rr.
J,~/.).UV
2,396.10
8,377.60
4,310.40
1,831.80
407.40
1,536.00
5,605.80
7,658.00
398.40
43.85
478.47
35.91
28.73
2.068.42
7.584. !2
652.33
393 19
5,
44,595.0
595.93
376.41
I
316.01
23,712.58
7,195.23
6.860.53
Survey
Prepare Pavement Design
Plan sheets
Profile sheets
"'''00':-
'~~~:~~r'-
2~
,086.22
r.. 0"'0 11"'1
~
6,801.99
24,822.71
13,388.43
to utility companies
Driveway Profiles
Drainage layout, design and profiles _
Signing and marking plans _
Erosion, Sediment & Polloution Control Plans
submi
Base utIlity plans
Cross sections
2,322.00
1,219.20
4,464.00
2,056.80
,560.00
765.60
2,334.72
~,520.82
I
,640.16
605.57
461.61
102.67
387.07
,412.66
,929.82
100.40
585.14
307.24
, 124.93
518.31
393.12
192.93
~
1-
4,337.79
97.75
79.32
15,839.28
23,627.98
25,104.37
7,036.58
2,179.62
4,294.21
6,301.45
4,924.32
2,452.24
Retaining wa1 layouts & profiles
Construction Staging/Maintenance of Traffic Plans
HydraulicsIFEMA Studies
Preliminary Bridge Layout
Bridge Foudation Inyestigation
County/GDOT Urban Design review and revisions
GDOT Preliminary Field Plan Review
Revise plans per PFPR
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project Management
Page 2 of 9
4,700.00
1,600.00
2,560.00
200.00
100.00
240.00
25,600.00
25,600.00
1,2,2J,5--2~
7,635.20
2,364.80
370.50
228.00
,294.40
382.80
'is,65J.oL
11,605.50
3,594.50
563.16
346.56
,967.49
581.86
3,093.49
1,924.07
595.93
93.37
57.46
326.19
96.47
64,328.26
22,764.77
9,115.23
26,627.03
832.02
3.688.08
1,301.13
PHASE V ~ Ri.gh~of~~y Plans
Prepare Preliminary Right Of Way Plans
Review. Revisions, Final Right of Way Plans
Stake R/W and easements
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project management
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Estimate Worksheet
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Cos
Total
Materials
&
Travel
Total
Total Sub-
~bor I_Consultant
Cost Cost
Overhead
on
Labor
~
152.00%
Profit
on
Labor
~
0%
& Goulding
Jordan, Jones
Total
Cost
TASKS
31,625.00
1,200.00
92,164.50
102.40
960.70
140,090.02
23,225.47
25.8
288,304.92
283.86
2,663.06
FInal Plans
PHASE VI
Cover sheet
Typical sections
Plan sheets
960.00
640.00
4,480.00
,600.00
,280.00
,280.00
640.00
320.00
1,445.00
230.00
50.00
1,100.00
480.00
,200.00
3,817.60
1,638.40
2,951.10
3,923.20
3,011.20
4,396.80
~,9~5.~
1,788.80
3,816.50
3,049.60
696.60
155.65
,460.26
5,802.75
2,490.37
4,485.67
5,963.26
4,577.02
6,683.14
...,.t:;"()O"1'
I,V.J/.I J
2,718.98
5,801.08
4,635.39
1,058.83
4,724.16
3,341.57
563.16
42,219.52
242.10
962.04
412.88
743.68
988.65
758.82
107.99
",)"'1t: .c:7
I"""V,-'-,
450.78
961.76
768.50
175.54
783.22
554.00
93.37
1,542.39
5,181.65
2,660.45
2,475.11
9,627.04
3,467.93
4,681.81
5,278.56
2,024.34
8,683.49
3,180.97
9,715.38
6,573.97
,027.03
Profile sheets
Utility plans
Cross sections
Driveway Profiles
Drainage profiles
Fro.;,,". Spnimp"1 /I.. Polloutio!l Control Pla.!1s
Signing and marking plans
Signalization
Construction StagingfMaintenance of Traffic Plans
Retaining wall plans and profiles
Summary of quantities
Detailed estimate & cos
8,400.00
960.00
2,800.00
3,200.00
,280.00
480.00
3,108.00
2, 198.40
370.50
27,776.00
4,627.20
1,447.20
8,342.40
992.00
2,438.40
3,651.20
908.70
7,033.34
2,199.74
12,680.45
1,507.84
3,706.37
5,549.82
1,381.22
6,999.55
1,166.05
364.69
2, I 02.29
249.98
614.48
920.10
228.99
85,395.07
13,786.59
6,811.63
26,325.14
2,749.82
8,039.2~
2
Special provisions/supplemental specs
Final Bridge Plans
County/ODOr Urban Design review and revisions
ODOr Final Field Plan Review
Revise plans per FFPR, submit
Submit computations, notes, files, etc.
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project management
Page 3 of 9
,086.00
,650.72
273.67
0,121. !
2,998.9
3,010.39
Shop Drawing Review
6/5/200/ 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 0/0529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
+---
Estimate Workshee
Augusta-Richmond County
~Vlndsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Cos
Bridge
Engineer
5
Environmental Studies
--
::.cientls SClentls
5
Transportation Design
c......:_......_ I r_~;_~~_
......11!)IU......... I .....J151111..1,..1
& Goulding
Jordan, Jones
De~igner
1
~gineer
2
Eng.0eer
4
Scientls
3
S3
9.40
7
S7
44.80
Secretary
Technician
1
TECH I
11.70
Dt:s~~r
2
CIIl!;lIlt:t:1
2
E2
21.10
r,~ _: ,
l...11~tlICCI
4
E4
28.50
5
E5
33.20
7
E7
47.70
01
20.70
E2
21.
E5
33.20
E4
28.50
S5
30.90
Secr
16.
D2
22.70
10
o
TASKS
-~--
TOTAL
--
600
----
680
292
270
340
66
44
42
8
995
104
8
96
455
1.197
80r
80
2.008
296
32
40
160
20
20
4
20
420
80
40
40
338
80
32
4
4
20
20
PHASE I - Concept Validation
Gather Data
Obtain Traffic Counts I Develop Traffic Projections
Perfonn Traffic Analysis
Develop Concept Layout Alternatives
Prepare Design Data Book
Prepare Concept Report
Concept Team Meeting
Meetings and coordination
Project Management
8
4
70
38
32
29
PHASE n - Database.Preparatlon
Prepare aerial mapping
Field Surveys
Perfonn Property Research
Prepare topo & property database, DTM
Quality control
Project management
4
13
16
--
Page 4 of 9
120
20
340
30
230
40
20
20
66
60
2
4
44
2
40
2
40
8
30
2
100
00
20
20
40
20
20
Assessment
Hearing
PHASE III - Environmental
Preliminary Analysis
Data Gathering & Studies
Prepare NEPA Categorical Excl. or Envir.
Prepare NWP23 Wetalnds Pennit
Public Infonnation Meetings & Public
Project Management
Document
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Estimate Worksheet
Cos
Desi_gner
I
Engineer
2
I Bridge
engmeer I Eng0eer
4 5
E4
28.50
Scientls
3
S3
19.40
Environmental Studies
--
Sl,;it:uiis Sciemis
5
S5
30.90
7
S7
44.80
Secretary
Secr
i6:lO
Tcchji~dai"1
I
TECHI
11.70
n",..;"""",,,,,,,
............&......
2
02
22.70
J:'n('ri..,,,,,,,,,,..
-..~
2
E2
21.10
Eng.0~~!'
4
Transportation Design
Enginee Fneinf"pr
5
E5
33.20
7
E7
47.70
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
& Goulding
Jordan, Jones
01
20.70
o
E2
21
E5
33.20
12
394
577
432
20
140
72
50
10
5
--I
96
64
96
64
120
40
60
12
50
64
92
64
28
8
30
40
64
96
2R
96
8
E4
28.50
729
96
2
26
5
4
64
32
13
64
120
72
TASKS
PHASE tV : PrellDllna_ry Design
Establish geometrics
Cover shee
Typical sections
Conduct Soi
Survey
Prepare Pavement Design
Plan sheets
Profile sheets
13
92
submit to utility companies
Driveway Profiles
Drainage layout, deSign and profiles
Signing and marking plans
Erosion, Sediment & Polloution Control Plans
Base utility plans
Cross sections
40
64
38
2
30
40
8
20
16
32
32
96
24
4
16
24
16
12
Retaining wal layouts & profiles
Construction Staging/Maintenance of Traffic Plans
Hydraulics/FEMA Studies
Preliminary Bridge Layout
Bridge Foudation Investigation
County/GDOT Urban Design review and revisions
GDOT Preliminary Field Plan Review
Revise plans per PFPR
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project Management
-.-.
12
6
320
256
64
117
64
32
]3
8
16
22
- ..- -
PHASE V - Rlgbt of Way Plans
Prepare Preliminary Right Of Way Plans
Review, Revisions, Final Right of Way Plans
Stake RIW and easements
Meetings and coordination
control
management
Page 5 of 9
6
6
16
6
Quality
Project
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
T
-
---
Estimate Worksheet
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Cos
De~gner
I
01
20.70
Engine:::
2
E2
21.10
Bridge
Engineer
5
E5
33.20
Engmeer
4
E4
28.50
~clenlls
3
S3
19.40
Environmental Studies
--
Sciemis Sciemis
5
S5
30.90
7
S7
44.80
Secretary
S~
16.10
J t;"'IlIIU,;:tar
I
TECHI
11.70
~ ~ .
.L..J(;;:)~Ut;1
2
r.__=____
J....II~
2
E2
21.10
1:_...:_...._
&.J115~1"""'1
4
Transportation Design
E!'!g~'iee:' ~ E::g:i:::::c:
7
5
E5
33.20
Jordan, Jones & Goulding
D2
22.70
480
540
220
12
497
518
2
26
28
32
585
--
28
64
64
64
85
60
32
64
32
30
12
64
64
28
45
12
60
E4
28.50
776
2
13
32
32
51
64
32
28
32
23
6
40
E7
47.70
TASKS
204
95
PHASE VI- Final Plans
Cover sheet
32
85
23
Typical sections
Plan sheets
Profile sheets
Utility plans
Cross sections
Driveway Profiles
Drainage profiles
Erosion, Sediment & Polloution Control Plans
Signing and marking plans
Signalization
Construction StaginglMaintenance of Traffic Plans
Retaining wall plans and profiles
Summary of quantities
Detailed estimate & cas
480
520
200
64
28
64
28
20
64
13
8
64
24
96
20
32
6
32
32
IS
Special provisions/supplemental
Final Bridge Plans
County/GDOT Urban Design review and revisions
GOaT Final Field Plan Review
Revise plans per FFPR, submit
Submit computations, notes, files,
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project management
specs
etc.
20
Page 6 of 9
20
12
64
Shop Drawing Review
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Worksheet
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Estimate
Cos
& Travel
Materials
Greater
Traffic
Co.
SE
Archeolog.
Services
Edwards
Pitman
Environ.
Willmer
Engineering
Besson
& Gore
Surveying
Subconsultants
HotTman
&
Co.
& Goulding
Jordan. Jones
Supplies
Postage &
Delivery
_ ~ ._R:pro-
Travel duction
CADD
TASKS
620
990
29.980
8.910
24.555
3.000
8.800
14.000
69.400
66.200
184.000
TOTAL
200
1,730
100
100
,280
50
50
150
1,560
1,680
20
3,000
3,000
-
960
,440
Obtain Traffic Counts 1 Develop Traffic Projections
Perform Traffic Analysis
Develop Concept Layout Alternatives
Prepare Design Data Book
Prepare Concept Report
Concept Team Meeting
Meetings and coordination
Project Management
PHASE I - ConceptValldatlon
Gather Data
200
600
20
PHASE II -'Datab.aseJ)~epaj.adon
Prepare aerial mapping
Field Surveys
320
320
960
960
60
.}3,600
2,800
4,800
6,000
184,000
65,600
76,800
,600
4
Perform Property Research
Prepare topo & property database, DTM
Quality control
Project management
60
Page 7 of 9
100
00
190
50
20
20
720
300
100
20
300
1,350
800
150
400
8,800
8,800
4,000
4,000
Assessment
Document
Envir.
or
:c1
Permi
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Estimate Worksheet
-----
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
Cos
& Travel
Materials
Greater
Traffic
Co.
SE
Archeo~g.
Services
Ed wards
Willmer Pitman
Engineering I Environ.
Besson
& Gore
Surveying
Subconsultants
HolTman
&
Co.
& Goulding
Jordan, Jones
Supplies
520
Posta_g~
Delivery
150
Repro-
duction
8,740
Travel
2,560
CADD
7,890
68.200
7,000
TASKS
PHASE IV - Preliminary Design
Establish geometries
Cover sheet
20
130
50
Survey
Prepare Pavement Design
Plan sheets
Typical sections
Conduct Soi
Profile sheets
Base utility plans
r:rns~ sections
Driveway Profiles
Drainage layout, design and profiles
Signing and marking plans
Erosion, Sediment & Polloution Control Plans
Retaining wall layouts & profiles
Construction StaginglMaintenance of Traffic Plans
HydraulicslFEMA Studies
Preliminary Bridge Layout
Bridge Foudation Investigation
County/GOaT Urban Design review and revisions
GOaT Preliminary Field Plan Review
Revise plans per PFPR
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project Management
960
640
,280
,2g0
160
320
44,200
320
200
160
50
80
100
400
600
,000
960
960
200
800
600
1,440
960
,440
960
,800
960
24,000
7,000
companies
to utility
submi
Page 8 of 9
150
150
50
600
4,260
1,600
2,560
00
200
200
80
90
90
25,600
25,600
PHASE V - Right of Way Plans
Prepare Preliminary Right Of Way Plans
Review. Revisions, Final Right of Way Plans
Stake R/W and easements
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project management
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
c
Exhibit
Estimate Worksheet
Cos
--I
Augusta-Richmond County
Windsor Spring Road, SR 88 to Tobacco
& Travel
Materials
Greater
Traffic
Co.
SE
Archeolog.
Services
Edwards
Pitman
Environ.
Besson
& Gore Willmer
Surveying I Engineering
Subconsultants
H 0 ffinan
&
Co.
& Goulding
Jordan, Jones
Supplies
Postage &
Delivery
300
_ Repro-
duction
14,210
Travel
2,280
CADD
14,835L
1,200
TASKS
PHASE VI- Final Plans
Cover sheet
:r)~ical sections
Plan sheets
960
640
Profile sheets
Utility plans
Cross sections
2,560
640
320
320
-.-
b4U
320
170
230
50
200
1,920
960
960
960
1,275
,200
Driveway Profiles
Drainage profiles
Erosion. Sediment & Pollolltion r.nntrnl Pion.
Signing and marking plans
Signalization
Construction StaginglMaintenance of Traffic Plans
~taining wall plans and profiles
Summary of quantities
Detailed estimate & cos
,000
960
2,000
3,200
200
800
,280
900
480
7,200
Special provisions/supplemental
Final Bridge Plans
County/GDOT Urban Design review and revisions
GDOT Final Field Plan Review
Revise plans per FFPR, submit
Submit computations, notes, files
Meetings and coordination
Quality control
Project management
specs
etc.
Page 9 0 f 9
300
80
Shop Drawing Review
6/5/2001 8:28 AM
Fee Prop 010529 windsor spring
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, ZOOO
EXHIBIT "D"
EXIDBIT "D"
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
COMPLIANCE WITH TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964
FOR
FEDERAL-AID CONTRACTS
During the performance of this Agreement, the CONSULTANT, for itself, its assignees and successors in
interest (bereinafter referred to as the CONSULTANT), agrees as follows:
1. Compliance with Reeulations: The CONSULTANT shall comply with the Regulations of the
Department of Transportation relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the
Department of Transportation (Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, hereinafter referred
to as the "Regulations"), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this
AGREEMENT.
2. Nondiscrimination: The CONSULTANT, with regard to the work performed by it, after award and
prior to completion of the Agreement, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color,
religion, sex or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including
procurement of materials and leases of equipment. The CONSULTANT shall not participate
e:ither directly or indirectly in tr..e discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations,
including employment practices when this AGREEMENT covers a program set forth in
'Appendix B' of the Regulations. In addition, the CONSULTANT will not participate either
directly or indirectly in discrimination prohibited by 23 CFR 7l0A05(b).
3. Solidtations for Subcontractors, lncludine Procurement of Materials and Equipment: In all
solicitations, either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the CONSULTANT for work
to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of material or leases of equipment,
each potential subcontractor, supplier or lessor shall be notified by the CONSULTANT of the
CONSULTANT'S obligations :mder this AGREEMENT and the Regulations relative to
nondiscrimination on the ground~: of race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
58
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "D"
4. Information and Reports: The CONSULTANT shall provide all information and reports required
by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books,
records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the
Department of Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain
compliance with such Regulations or directives. Where any information required of a
CONSULTANT is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this
information, the CONSULTANT shall so certify to the Department of Transportation or the
Federal Highway Administration as A-2. appropriate and shall set forth what efforts it has made
to obtain the information.
5. S:l.Dctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the CONSULTANT'S noncompliance with the
nondiscrimination provisions of this AGREEMENT, the CONSULTANT or the Department of
Transportation may impose such sanctions as they or the Federal Highway Administration may
determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a. withholding of payments to the CONSULTANT under this Agreement until the
CONSULTANT complies, and/or
b. cancellation, termination or suspension of this AGREEMENT in whole or in part.
6. Im:orporation of Provisions: The: CONSULTANT shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1)
through (5) in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment,
unless exempt by the Regulations or directives issued SIGNATURE PAGE" E "pursuant thereto.
The CONSULTANT shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the
Department of Transportation or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of
enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance provided, however, that in the
event the CONSULTANT becomes involved in or is. threatened with litigation by a subcontractor
or supplier as a result of such direction, the CONSULTANT may the request the State to A-3.
enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the State, and in addition, the CONSULTANT
may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United
States.
59
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
EXHIBIT E
ENVIRONMENTAL SCOPE OF WORK
PROJECT
COUNTY
p.r. NO.
The CONSULTANT shall perform environmental analysis which shall include the production of
an environmental document (Catel~orical Exclusion, Environmental Assessment/Finding of
No Significant Impact (FONS]), Section 4(1) Evaluation, or Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS) - Note, you will need to specify the type of document) acceptable to the
Federal Highway Administration (FHW A). The PROJECT begins ....
In developing all reports, the CONSULTANT shall utilize MicroSoft Word (Version 6 or
above). Along with submittal of all final documents, the CONSULTANT shall provide the
DEPARTMENT two copies of the disks containing the documents and an index of what is
located on each disk.
PHASE I~ PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS
The DEPARTMENT shall furnish the CONSULTANT, ifapplicable to the project, the following
material along the PROJECT corridor. (NOTE: the following is a list of everything that may
be furnished to the CONSULTANT - this will need to be tailored to the particular project
and contract)
1. Aerial Photography on which the project concept has been drawn including existing and
proposed right-of-way, and construction easements if available.
2. County Maps.
3. One full set of Contact Prints (Note: always give the consultant a full set of contact
prints, not just every other J:rame) and, following the Historic Resources Survey for
eligible resources, one Contact Print of each of the corresponding frames.
4. Traffic Data - Traffic volumes including truck percentage and peak hour turning
movements anticipated for the PROJECT and the XX major intersecting roadways in the
vi:;inity. This information shall be for the build and no-build condition for 19XX and
20XX; and capacity analysis and signal cycle timings for the intersecting roadways for
both years stated above. (inside non-attainment area only)
5. Project history and planning background.
6. Accident data for last three consecutive years of availability.
60
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
7. Project Concept Report.
8. A copy of the DEPARTMENT'S investigation of any Underground Storage Tank (UST)
or Hazardous Waste Sites undertaken for the PROJECT.
9. A copy of previously completed survey work for historic resources. (i.e. Fall Line
Freeway, and Golden Isles ][>>arkway projects)
10. A copy of previously completed survey work for archaeology resources. (i.e. Fall Line
Freeway, and Golden Isles Parkway projects)
11. A copy of the Bridge Inventory Data Listings for all eligible historic bridges within the
:project corridor.
12. Attachment which the CONSULTANT shall be given access to are discussed herein
l:hrOUghout the scope of work. A copy of these forms are on file at the Office of
:EnvironmentlLocation and the CONSULT ANT'S office but not attached herein.
The CONSULTANT shall perform the following preliminary analysis and the following early
project development functions to determine potential areas of environmental concern.
1. Prepare a Project Location Base Map (document size of 8Yz" x 11") which includes
project name, number and termini, north arrow and scale, utilizing largest scale available,
i.e. Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) County Map, City Map or United
States Geological Survey (USGS) Quadrangle Map.
2. Prepare and transmit (upon DEPARTMENT approval) early coordination letters to
appropriate Federal, State and local agencies. (For a copy of the standard coordination
list and merge letter, refer to Attachment #1.) A copy of the responses received from all
early coordination letters shall be provided to the D.EPARTMENT for review. The
CONSULTANT shall prepare responses (upon DEPARTMENT approval) to all
~:ubstantive comments received. Responses to comments shall be included in the
environmental document.
3. Review Floodway or Firm Maps (National Flood Insurance Program) to identify possible
floodway or floodplain involvement. If there is regulatory floodway involvement,
prepare and transmit (upon DEPARTMENT approval) early coordination letter to the
Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) (refer to Attachment #2).
4. Review aerial photography for potential farmland involvement in accordance with the
Farmland Protection Policy Act. If there is involvement, complete Sections I, III and VI
of the Farmland Conversion Impact Rating. If Section VI is less than 60 points,
document project files. If Section VI is greater than 60 points, send the rating form and a
copy of Soil Conservation Map or topographical map showing the project alignment
61
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
(upon DEPARTMENT approval) to the U.S. Soil Conservation Service (SCS) for
coordination (refer to Attachment #3).
PHASE II: DATA GATHERING AND ANALYSIS
The CONSULTANT shall gather and analyze social, economic and environmental data to
determine if modifications in the project location are necessary to meet requirements of various
federal laws. The CONSULTANT shall notify the contract manager prior to any field
survey and inform him/her of who will be doing the survey, the type of survey, and the
date(s) the survey is to be conducted. The CONSULTANT shall perform the following tasks
in accordance with the approved FHW A and DEPARTMENT directives:
1. NEED AND PURPOSE
The CONSULTANT shall research and develop a need and purpose statement for use in
the environmental document containing discussion of the following items:
A. Deficiencies in the existing system (i.e. summarize existing and proposed traffic
(design year) and if safety is an issue report accident data for the most recent last
three year period and statewide averages for comparable routes);
B. Relationship to locally adopted plans, i.e., transportation (particularly in
urban/urbanized areas if PROJECT is a part of the Transportation Improvement
Program [TIP]), land use, and comprehensive development;
C. Other transportation projects in the vicinity of proposed PROJECT;
D. Social and economic development in the area (if Governor's Road Improvement
Program (GRIP) proje:ct, discuss purpose of GRIP system); and,
E. Justification of the PROJECT'S logical termini and independent utility.
2. AIR QUALITY
The area CONSULTANT shall perform all computer modeling for predicting ambient CO
concentrations associated with the PROJECT, in accordance with scope and procedures outlined
below. All links associated with the proposed project shall be evaluated along with a minimum
of:XX ~.ignalized intersections, if applicable, for the existing year, the first year of operation and
the design year. Worst Case one-hour and eight-hour average ambient CO concentrations shall
be predicted using theoretical worst case inputs. The work by the CONSULTANT shall consist
ofthe following tasks:
62
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
A. Screen project for type and traffic volumes to determine the need to perform a detailed
assessment.
1.) Determine ifproject adds capacity or if it's a safety/operational improvement.
2.) Determine LOS for intersections. Evaluate those with a LOS ofD or worst.
3.) Screen design year traffic volumes to determine weather they exceed 10,000 vpd.
B. Evaluate input data to determine worst case conditions for CO dispersion near the project's
corridor.
1.) Wind speed
2.) Stability Class
3.) Wind angles
C. Compile and format the signal cycle information (if applicable), the approach traffic
vohlmes, speeds based on Level of Service, and emission factors using the latest Mobile
emi ssions computer program.
1.) Use the Highway Capacity Software and the Highway Capacity Manual to help
determine the LOS of intersections and projected speeds.
2.) Coordinate with the Enviromnental Protection Division to obtain all input parameters for
running the latest Mobile Source Emissions model.
D. Run the models. CALINE3 or CAL3QHC can be used to model uninterrupted flow
roadways, but CAL3QHC must be used to evaluate interrupted flow facilities.
E. Analyze the results produced by the CALINE3 or CAL3QHC model to determine if any of
the modeled receptors yielded concentrations greater than 9 ppm. If so, a persistence factor
sha:l1 be selected based on the recommendations of the US EP A to convert the predictions to
an 8-hour averaging time.
F. Prepare a technical report to document the assessment results. Copy of the format to be used
can be obtained from the DEPARTMENT. After the DEPARTMENT has reviewed the
tedmical report, two copies of the report along with one copy of all the input and output data
file:; and an air quality receptor map shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT.
3. NOISE
The CONSULTANT shall conduct a noise impact assessment in compliance with 23 CFR 772,
the Federal Highway Administration:s guidelines for the assessment of highway traffic-
generated noise. The procedures described below are used to prepare traffic noise impact
assessrr..ents in accordance with these guidelines.
1) For a typical project (e.g. widening from 2 to 4 lanes), the development ofa noise-distance
graph shall be required to determine existing and design year no-build and build noise levels.
Using FHW A noise prediction model, STAMINA 2.0 compute levels and plot results on a
noise-distance graph. Determine existing, no-build and build levels for all adjacent sites by
measuring the sites' distance from the centerline and reading the noise level at that distance
on the graph. NOTE: The reference energy mean emission levels used by Georgia shall be
63
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIDIT "E"
used in the STAMINA 2.0 program, otherwise the program shall overestimate the noise
lev,::ls.
2) For new location projects, existing noise levels shall be measured, especially ifthere is
insufficient traffic data to compute noise levels from existing roads in the area. Only noise
mel:ers which have been annually certified as to proper calibration shall be used to take
readings.
3) ASE:ess inlpacts by comparing existing noise levels with predicted levels for both the no-build
and build condition. Impacts occur where predicted noise levels approach or exceed the
applicable noise abatements criterion (70 dBA LIO for residences, schools, parks, etc, and 75
dBA LlO for businesses), where an approach means within one decibel for the noise
abatement criteria and where a substantial (10 decibels or greater) increase over existing
levels is predicted.
4) Prepare a written noise report; required methodology and format shall be provided to the
CONSULTANT by the DEPARTMENT.
5) Prepare a Noise Impact Location Map inclusive of all impacts.
6) Where impacts occur, analysis of abatement measures, including all the measures listed in 23
CFR Part 772, must be documented. Where it appears that they would be reasonable and
feasible, noise barriers shall be analyzed by giving location, height, top and bottom
elevations, length, total cost, cost per impact and decibel reduction anticipated.
7) After the DEPARTMENT has reviewed the draft written report and support documentation,
two copies of the final report shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT.
4. ;FARMLAND
If the total of Section VI of SCS Form AD.1 006 resulted in less than 60 points, no further
analysis is required. If coordination with SCS was necessary, complete the Farmland
:mpact Rating Form. If total project score is greater than 160 points, additional
alternatives will be considered by the DEPARTMENT to reduce impacts. Coordination
of the need to consider additional alternatives shall be done by the CONSULTANT with
the DEPARTMENT.
5. l~ATURAL RESOURCES AND ENERGY SUPPLIES
Research project area for potential natural resources which could be affected by the
PROJECT, i.e. mining operations, mineral reserves, and power generation.
6. ~NETLANDS/THREATENED AND ENDANGERED SPECIES/STREAMS
The CONSULTANT agrees to have the work performed by a qualified ecologist. The
CONSULTANT shall perform all data collection in the following phases.
64
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
1.
Background Research
Prior to field survey to delineate wetlands, waters of the United States, to identify
federally listed or proposed threatened and endangered species and federally listed
species of concern, existing Survey Corridor environmental data must be examined.
Such data, where available, shall include Survey Corridor information supplied by the
DEPARTMENT including location maps and aerial photography.
A. Wetlands and Waters of the United States:
Preliminary research for wetland and waters of the U.S. identification should
include examination of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service National Wetland Inventory
Maps, Natural Resource Conservation Service county soil surveys, United States
Geological Survey topographic maps, NRCS Hydrologic Unit & Sub-Watersheds
Map and any other resources indicating hydric soils, hydrologic regimes, and
vegetation types.
B. Threatened and Endangered Species:
Environmental background data for federally listed or proposed threatened and
endangered species, and federally listed species of concern, shall include a review
of data regarding those species. The most recent protected species lists issued on a
county by county basis by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Brunswick Office
shall be researched and a determination shall be made of any such species whose
range includes the Survey Corridor. Utilizing existing environmental data (aerial
photographs and various maps including topographic, vegetation, National Wetland
Inventory, geological ,md soils maps), a determination shall be made as to the
presence of supportive habitat of those species within the Survey Corridor. This
research should provide information required to determine the likelihood of
locating a particular species within the project corridor and, if so, where it would
most likely occur. Other potential resources to consult for presence of federally
listed or proposed threatened and endangered species and species of concern
include the Georgia Department of Natural Resources (GDNR) Wildlife Resources
Division Georgia Natural Heritage Program.
II.
Field Work
Regardless of the results of the background research, the Survey Corridor shall be field
1;urveyed and ground truthed :or location of wetlands; waters of the U.S.; federally listed
imd proposed threatened or endangered species and species of concern and their habitats;
imd general habitat types throughout the Survey Corridor so that a brief prose description
of each may be included within the report. For projects that include new location
alignments, mapping of the habitat types accompanied by site specific descriptions of the
conditions within each habitat shall be included within the report, aerial layouts and
maps. Impacts to habitat potentially utilized by neotropical and migratory bird species
~;hall be identified during field surveys for inclusion in the habitat discussion in the
ecology report.
65
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
The CONSULTANT shall notify the contract manager prior to any field survey and
inform him/her of who will be doing the survey, the type of survey, and the date(s) the
survey is to be conducted.
A. Threatened and Endangered Species:
All habitat capable of supporting federally listed or proposed threatened or
endangered species, and species of concern, shall be thoroughly examined for such
species and any such species identified or sighted shall be noted and their locations
field mapped on aerial photography and the contract manager notified. The extent
of any plant communities or animal nesting sites. occupied and/or utilized by such
species shall be mapped on aerial photography, and the dates of performed field
surveys shall be documented in the report. This survey must be performed during
the appropriate time of year for the species to be reasonably encountered; that is,
survey work must be coordinated with vegetation growing/flowering seasons and
periods of wildlife activity. As soon as impacts to protected species or their
habitats have been identified and quantified, the CONSULTANT shall notify the
contract manager of any possibilities to avoid or minimize the identified impacts
before the final report is prepared and so that the DEPARTMENT may initiate a
Section 7 consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service if necessary.
B. Wetlands:
Identification and delineation of jurisdictional wetlands shall follow the three
parameter approach as set forth in the 1987 Corps of Engineers Wetlands
Delineation Manual. All potential wetland sites identified during the background
research shall be ground truthed and the entire Survey Corridor shall be examined
for presence of jurisdictional wetlands. Boundaries of all wetlands identified as
jurisdictional shall be mapped on project layout aerial photography provided by the
Department.
A combination of on-si.te field investigation and remote mapping examination of
wetlands shall identify the amount of wetland area within the defined Survey
Corridor, recorded in acres; dominant vegetation species; soil type, color and
pattern; and hydrologic indicators shall be reported. Wetlands shall be classified
according to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service's system (Cowardin 1979). As
soon as impacts to wetlands have been identified and quantified, the
CONSULTANT shall notify the contract manager of any possibilities to avoid or
minimize the identified impacts before the.final report is prepared.
Boundaries of wetlands shall be determined by professional judgment and
observation using the 1987 Corps of Engineer's Wetlands Delineation Manual. No
land surveyor flagging of boundaries shall be required. Professional judgment
shall be employed to detennine wetland functions. A "Routine On site
Determination Data Fo:nn" shall be completed in typed format for each wetland
site.
66
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
C. Non-Wetland Waters of the u.S.: The names of streams and rivers which are
crossed, or whose tributaries are crossed by the Survey Corridor shall be reported.
All rivers, perennial streams, and intermittent streams, even when not associated
with jurisdictional wetland habitat, shall be investigated so that a description of the
channel substrate, bed and bank dimensions and morphology, representative depth
of water, and the adjacent vegetation cover can be made. Each river and stream
shall be classified as perennial or intermittent according to field investigation and
designation on USGS topographic maps. Impacts within project required ROW
limits to each river or stream reported shall be determined and reported in linear
feet and in meters.
All natural and man made ponds, lakes, mine pits, or any other waters of the United
States shall be investigated so that descriptions can be made. The surface area
dimensions of such waters of the United States to be impacted within proposed
project rights-of-way shall be investigated and reported. Whether ponds or lakes
are natural or man made, and whether they are man made and used for fanning
activity shall be determined and reported. Whether mine pits are active or inactive
shall also be determined and reported. As soon as impacts to non-wetland waters
ofthe U.S. have been identified and quantified, the CONSULTANT shall notify the
contract manager of any possibilities to avoid or minimize the identified impacts
before the final report is prepared.
III. Avoidance/Minimization Measures:
After all of the potential ecological impacts within the project corridor have been
identified, mapped, and quantified, the CONSULTANT shall notify the contract manager
of any possibilities to avoid or minimize the identified impacts. The contract manager
will provide the CONSULTANT with information about design constraints that justify
the project alignment. If a shift in the project alignment to reduce impacts then proves to
be feasible and a revised project alignment constituting no more than ten percent of the
project length is developed by the DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall investigate
and report on the environnlental conditions associated with the shifted alignment
a:;cording to the methods described in this SCOPE OF WORK.. (Also refer to
Avoidance/Minimization Measures as described below.)
N. Deliverables/Report Preparation
Deliverables and a report must be prepared sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the
Scope of Work. The report shall be titled, "Ecology Assessment/Description of
Jurisdictional Wetlands and Protected Species Survey", hereinafter referred to as the
report. The report must contain a description of the Survey Corridor; a description of the
background research carried out; the survey requirements; the survey techniques utilized
for wetlands and waters of the United States; the survey techniques utilized for state and
federally listed species; and the results of the surveys.
67
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
Graphics: For projects which widen existing alignments, the proposed alignment shall be
.5faphically represented on 1"=2000' USGS quad based maps so as to clearly illustrate
where symmetrical, left or light-hand placement of the widening would occur. The
15faphic rendering of the proposed alignment shall not be so coarse as to visually obstruct
:.mportant terrain or environmental mapping features. The use of 1/16 inch diameter,
transparent, fine black dashed striping is recommended in this regard. The graphics
i.ncluded in the project report shall not use any color coding systems which would require
color photocopying for any subsequent submittals to reviewing agencies.
In addition to the items previously discussed, items which must be satisfied as part of the
Deliverables and report submi.ssion include the following:
A. Project Layouts on Aerial Photos: A clean set of aerial photo-project layouts,
undamaged by field use:, with clear labeling and delineation of upland habitats,
wetlands and waters of the United States, and of sightings and occupied or utilized
habitats of state and/or federally listed or proposed threatened and endangered
species, candidate species, and species of concern. Aerial photo-project layouts shall
be labeled with landmark positions that indicate habitat and sighting locations in
relation to the project corridor. Graphic labeling shall correspond to the
wetland/stream/habitat maps included in the completed report, and to the system for
designation described in IV.D .1. of this scope of work.
B. General Description of Project Corridor and Surveys Conducted:
(1) A prose description of the Survey Corridor; date and time of surveys conducted;
survey techniques used (including background research and survey requirements),
and the general results of the surveys including a prose description of the general
habitat types within the corridor, indicating the quantities and the relative quality or
value of habitats. The habitat descriptions are to include a concise summary of each
habitat type in paragraph form. The characterizations of multiple habitats with
similar features should be grouped together in order to avoid repetitious prose. The
ecologist should use professional judgnlent in describing each habitat type, taking
into consideration factors such as: age, species diversity, landscape position, wildlife
quality, greenbelt corridor positioning, disturbance, unique habitat, threat of
encroachment, and pre-existing impact by pollution. Habitat descriptions shall
correspond to 8W' x 11" format habitat/general vegetation zone mapping which is to
be included the report if proposed new location alignments are included in the
project.
(2) Impacts to habitats potentially utilized by neotropical and migratory bird species
and game species shall be included in the habitat discussion. If the proposed project
includes new location alignments, a brief discussion shall be presented that
demonstrates any design measures taken to avoid and minimize impacts to such
habitats.
68
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
(3) For proposed new location alignments, a project map based on USGS 1" = 2000'
topographic quad sheets which shows the general upland habitats (i.e. Pine,
PineIHardwood, Hardwood, Agricultural, Urban, etc.) through which the Survey
Corridor passes. The fOlmat of this map shall be 8Y2" x 11 ". The CONSULTANT is
to determine the vegetation mapping fornlat of this graphic.
C. 1hreatened and Endangered Species:
1) Description of Natural History of State and Federally Listed and Proposed Threatened
or Endangered Species: A brief prose description of ' each state and federally listed and
proposed threatened or endangered species listed for the county shall include the
species range and suitable habitat for growth or suitable habitat for foraging and
nesting. The field survey shall include species of concern but they shall not be
discussed in the report unless there is reason to believe that an upgrade to the
"proposed" status is imminent.
2) Discussion of Results of Survey for Protected Species: A description of any occupied
or utilized habitats or sightings of state and federally listed or proposed threatened and
endangered species, and species of concern, and also habitats potentially utilized by
neotropical and migratory bird species.
3) Avoidance/Minimization Measures for Protected Species: Discussion of design
measures to avoid and/or minimize impact to threatened or endangered species shall
include the location of limiting factors such as historic districts, residences, businesses,
cemeteries, railroads, transmission lines, and design factors such as cost and horizontal
and vertical alignment. This discussion shall not necessarily include species of concern
unless there is reason to believe that an upgrade to the "proposed" status is imminent.
4) Project Map of Potential Ecological Impacts to Threatened and Endangered Species: A
project map based on USGS 1" = 2000' topographic quad sheets which shows the
Survey Corridor and habitats utilized and/or occupied by federally listed or proposed
threatened or endangered species, candidate species, and species of concern which
would be affected by the PROJECT.
D. Wetlands and Other Waters of the U.S.
1) Discussion of Results of Survey for Wetlands and Non-Wetland Waters of the U.S.: A
discussion and general description of all wetlands, streams, and other waters of the U.S.
found within the survey corridor as described previously under section "II. Field Work".
Wetlands and waters of the U.S. occuring on proposed alignments shall be numbered
according to the following system. Wetland site designations shall begin with WfL. Non-
wefland waters of the U.S. site designations shall begin with wru.S. Both wetland sites and
waters of the U.S. sites shall be numbered together consecutively. Those sites found along
the DEPARTMENT's preferred alignment shall be numbered by consecutive arabic
numerals. (Ex.: WfL 1, WfL 2, wru.S. 3, ...). Sites encountered along alternate alignments
shall be assigned a letter, (the upper case alphabetic character assigned to an alternative by
the DEPARTMENT), and a subsequent arabic numeral, beginning with 1. (Ex.: W/L AI,
69
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
W/U.S. A2, .. .). No site shall have two designations. Should the need to combine two or
more alignments occur, the existing site designations shall be maintained, resulting in a final
alignment that contains both numbered and lettered sites. Additional wetlands and waters of
the U.S. located during any field work subsequent to delivery of original field work results to
the DEPARTMENT shall carry the designation of the nearest preceding site followed by a
lower case alphabetic character: starting with letter "a", and proceeding consecutively as
necl~ssary. (Ex.: W/LA5a, \V/LA5b, WfU.S.A6, WfU.S.A6a, W/LA6b ...).
2) Wetland Data Forms: Typed Routine Onsite Wetland Data Forms for each wetland site,
labeled with the corresponding wetland site designation, as described in IV.D.I., of this
scope of work. (Refer to Attachment II for exact format).
3) We::lands Summary Table: A chronological wetlands site summary table which includes for
each site the wetland classification (Cowardin system), hydrologic regime, a brief
description of the wetland, its character and condition, including the dominant vegetation
species, its value characterized as "high", "medium", or "low", and the impact area in acres.
Wh~n assigning value to each wetland site, the ecologist should use professional judgment,
taking into consideration factors such as: age, species diversity, hydrologic regime,
landscape position, wildlife quality, greenbelt corridor positioning, disturbance, unique
hab:itats, threat of encroachment, and pre-existing impact by pollution, toxins, debris and
sedimentation. Wetlands shall be designated according to the labeling system described in
IV.D.1., of this scope of work. (Refer to Attachment rn for format and example of Summary
ofVvetland Impacts Table.)
4) Required Mitigation Credits Table: A table regarding wetland impacts presented in
spreadsheet form that includes the descriptive factors set forth within the SOP for the
pUIJlose of calculating the required mitigation credits for the reported wetland impacts for
each alternative alignment surveyed. The table shall express the numeric values applicable
for each factor according to the professional judgement of the ecologist upon observing each
wetland site during fieldwork. The table shall show computation of the sum of the factors
for each wetland site, indicate the area of effect in acres for each wetland site, indicate the
product of the sum of the factors, multiplied by the area of effect for each wetland site, and
shall indicate the sum of those products to provide the total required mitigation credits for
the proposed project. Wetland sites shall be designated .according to the labeling system
described in IV.D.I., of this scope of work. (Refer to the SOP, Attachment IV, for guidance
on I:hese calculations. Refer to Attachment V for the exact format of this Required
Mitigation Credit table.)
5) Summary Table of Non-Wetland Waters of the U.S.: A chronological non-wetland
stremn/waters of the U.S. crossing summary table for each alternative alignment surveyed
which includes for each site the name of the river, perennial stream, and intermittent stream
crossed, information on channel substrate, bed and bank dimensions and morphology,
representative depth of water, and adjacent vegetation cover, USGS classification of
perennial or intermittent, length of culvert impact, length of piping or paving impact, length
of channel relocation, total linear impacts to each site, and total linear stream impacts within
eacb NRCS designated Sub-Watershed Management Unit (HUe) crossed by the project.
The eleven digit HUC code shall be indicated. The table shall also include the surface area
dimensions of waters of the U.S. to be impacted within proposed project rights-of-way.
Each site shall be designated according to the labeling system described in IV.D.1., of this
70
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
scope of work. (Refer to Attaclmlent VI for format and example of Summary of Stream
Impacts Table.)
6) Avoidance/Minimization Measures for Wetlands and Other Waters of the U.S.: A brief
pro1;e description for each alternative alignment surveyed of each wetland and waters of the
U.S. site located along the project corridor, its character and condition, and a discussion of
design efforts made and alternatives examined to avoid or minimize impacts to each site.
The characterizations of multiple wetlands or multiple waters of the U.S. with similar
features should be grouped together in order to avoid repetitious prose. Wetland and waters
of the U.S. descriptions shall conespond to 8Yz" x 11" fonnat wetland and waters of the U.S.
mapping which is to be included within the report and shall be designated according to the
labeling system described in N.D. I., of this scope of work. Discussion of design measures
and alternatives examined to avoid and/or minimize impact to wetland and waters of the U.S.
sites shall include the location of limiting factors such as historic districts, residences,
businesses, cemeteries, railroads, transmission lines, and design factors such as cost and
horizontal and vertical alignment. This discussion shall also disclose the amount and/or type
of wetland and/or waters of the U.S. impact avoided or minimized.
7) Project Map of Potential Ecological Impacts to Wetlands and Other Waters of the U.S.: A
project map based on USGS 1" = 2000' topographic quad sheets which shows the Survey
Conidor, wetland habitats, and non-wetland waters of the U.S. which would be affected by
the PROJECT. All wetlands and waters of the U.S. shall be designated according to the
labeling system described in N.D.I., of this scope of work. (Refer to Attachment VII for
example ofthe map format).
E. Other:
Full copies of all project field note~;. Originals of both the wetland/waters of the U.S. and
general vegetation habitat maps shall be provided to the DEPARTMENT.
One copy of the report and supporting aerial photo-layouts and graphics shall be submitted in
draft fOlm for comments and corrections after which four copies of a final report shall be
submitted.
7. I'LOODPLAINS
A. If there is floodplain or floodway involvement, prepare maps for use in document
(refer to Attachment #6).
B. If there is longitudinal encroachment on -any floodplain or floodway, alternatives
should be explored.
8. 'VATER QUALITY
A. Review appropriate River Basin Study (Georgia Department of Natural Resources
Publication) for the project corridor. Deternline in which Water Quality
71
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
Management Unjt(s) the PROJECT is located. Determine the water quality
classification of the streams crossed by the PROJECT. Determine if there are any
surface water intakes within the project area and if any, assess the effects.
B. Deterrnme if any of the streams crossed by the PROJECT are classified as "wild
and scenic" or as "trout streams." If any exist, determine necessary measures to
minimize harm and mitigation measures needed, i.e. vegetative buffer zones
would need to be maintained at the stream banks, and strict erosion and
sedimentation control measures would need to be part of the construction
contract.
9.
COAST GUARD/CORPS OF ENGINEER PERMIT
A. Determine the need for a U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) Bridge Permit (navigable
waterways or tidally influenced). If permit is required, request USCG to be a
"cooperating agency" (refer to Attachment #7).
B. Determine the need for an US Army Corps of Engineers' Section 404 permit
(waters of the United States crossings or wetland involvement). If permit is
required, request US COE to be a "cooperating agency" (refer to Attachment
#8).
10.
CULTURAL RESOURCES
The CONSULTANT agrees that all archaeological resource work within the Scope of
Work shall be performed by a Principal Investigator who is a qualified archaeologist and
meets the U.S. Secretary of lnterior's standards for professional qualification as set forth
in 36 CFR Part 66, Appendix C [Federal Register 42(19): 5382- 5383]. This Scope of
Work provides for the archaeological site identification survey (Phase 1) and
testing/evaluation (phase II) of potentially eligible National Register of Historic Places
(NRHP) archaeological sites located within the proposed PROJECT corridor; an
evaluation of avoidance alternatives for potentially eligible NRHP archaeological sites;
and the preparation of "Requests for Deterrnmations of Eligibility" (DOEs) for those sites
recommended as eligible for the NRHP as a result of testing conducted under this
agreement.
The CONSULTANT agrees to perform the historic resource work in accordance with the
"Georgia Department of TransportationlFederal Highway Administration
(GDOT/FHW A) Historic Resources Survey Guidelines" [History Attachment 1] by
experienced qualified staff with degrees in History, Historic Preservation, or a closely
allied field with a backgrolmd in architectural history or preservation planning. The
survey shall include individual buildings, structures (to include bridges, active and
abandoned railroads, significant agricultural outbuildings, etc.), objects, districts, and
multiple resource areas that are located in the PROJECT's area of potential effects
(APE). Within the APE, the CONSULTANT shall perform a historic resources field
72
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
survey to evaluate all resources 50 years of age or older for their eligibility for listing in
the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP).
Based on the results of the archaeological and historic resources field surveys and after
consultation with the DEPARTMENT and the State Historic Preservation Officer
(SHPO), if necessary, the CONSULTANT shall prepare a draft Assessment of Effects
report assessing PROJECT effects to NRHP listed or eligible properties for inclusion in
the environmental document (in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act
[NEP A]) and a [mal Assessment of Effects report for use in compliance with Section 106
of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended. The Assessments of
Effects shall include all NRHP listed or eligible resources located within the PROJECT's
APE. If required, the CONSULTANT also shall complete mitigation for adversely
affected historic resource(s).
CULTURAL RESOURCES PART 1: CULTURAL RESOURCE IDENTIFICATION
ARCHAEOLOGY TASK 1: Archaeological Resource Identification and Testing
The CONSULTANT shall conduct the survey/testing for archaeological resources in
accordance with the following:
1. Archaeological Resource Survey (phase n
The CONSULTANT shall perform all data collection in accordance with the
following. Depending on weather conditions and data gathered during the course of
the survey, the CONSULTANT, in consultation with the DEPARTMENT's staff
archaeologist, reserves the right to make changes in the data collection strategy as
long as it does not affect the final desired results.
A. Background Literature Research
An extensive background literature review shall be conducted to document
previously identified archaeological sites and to delineate areas of high site
potential within and adjacent to the survey corridor, and to develop prehistoric
and historic contexts for the survey corridor. Background research shall
include a review of the computerized State site files and a review of pertinent
documents housed at the Historic Preservation Division (HPD), Department of
Natural Resources (DNR), Atlanta. It also may include a review of pertinent
documents housed at the Map Library and the Georgia Room at the University
of Georgia, Athens; the Georgia Department of Archives and History, and
Surveyor General's Collection, Atlanta. The State's preservation plan (A
Vision for the Future), available at HPD, its archaeological component (A
Strategy for Cultural Resource Plan . . .), and appropriate archaeological
contexts (study uni:s) shall be consulted. Additional, site specific research at
county-level record sources including, libraries, courthouses, historical and
73
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
archaeological societies shall be conducted, as required, during the site
evaluation phase of the survey.
B. Archaeological Survey
Prior to field work, the CONSULTANT shall be responsible for notifying by
mail persons owning property to which access will be required during the
archaeological survey. Please note that the DEPARTMENT in consultation
with the PROJECT's lead Federal Agency shall conduct all early coordination
with American Indian Tribes.
An intensive pedestrian survey shall be conducted for the entire length of the
survey corridor. Parallel survey transects and shovel tests shall be spaced at
30 meter intervals along the length of the survey corridor. Systematic shovel
tests shall be placed at 30 meter intervals or less in areas identified as having a
high site potential and where ground surface visibility is less than 75 percent.
Shovel test intervals shall be expanded or eliminated in steeply sloping terrain
(> 15 degree slope) or highly disturbed areas at the discretion of the Principal
Investigator. Shovel tests shall be generally 30 em x 30 em in size and shall
be excavated to sterile subsoil. Shovel tests shall be enlarged to 1 m x 1 m
units at the discretion of the Principal Investigator or as conditions warrant.
Additional shovel tests shall be excavated where micro-land forms suggest the
potential for buried cultural resources. Deep testing in areas adjacent to rivers
and creeks may be facilitated by use of hand turned augers. Metal detector
transects shall be surveyed on single or multi-component archaeological sites
that date between AD 1540 and AD 1865. Sites dating between AD 1540 and
AD 1865 that include component(s) later than the above dates shall be metal
detected after consultation with the DEPARTMENT's staff archaeologist.
All discovered sites, structural remains, and cultural features shall be recorded
as to width, length, depth, and nature of fill. Descriptive data recorded for
each test shall include type of test (i.e. shovel test, I m x 1 m unit);
topographic location; soil color, texture, and observed anomalies; depths of
soil horizons; and the presence or absence of cultural material. A stratigraphic
profile shall be drawn for each 1 m x 1 m excavation unit. Structures, sites,
stratigraphy, and cultural material shall be recorded using standard
archaeological techniques.
All excavated soil shall be screened through 0.25 inch mesh hardware cloth.
All archaeological sites shall be plotted on aerial photography provided by the
DEP ARTMENT and United States Geological Survey (USGS) quad sheets.
Black and white 3.5" x 5" photographs and 35 mm color slides shall be taken
of all aspects of the survey.
74
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
At each site identified during the intensive field survey, data collection
(testing, etc.) shall be sufficient to support an assessment of potential NRHP
eligibility. An evaluation of sites which are potentially eligible for the NRHP
shall include the: following: (1) for widening projects, an archaeological
survey of the area on the opposite side of the road from the site equivalent to
the required right-of-way; and (2) for new location projects, an archaeological
survey of an area adjacent to the PROJECT corridor adequate to recommend
avoidance alternatives. The preceding shall be performed in consultation with
the DEPARTMENT's staff archaeologist.
II. Archaeological Testing (Phase II)
The CONSULTANT shall perform all data collection in accordance with the
following. Depending on weather conditions and data recovered during the
course of the testing, the CONSULTANT in consultation with the
DEPARTMENT's staff archaeologist, reserves the right to make changes to the
testing strategy as long as it does not affect the final results.
A. Procedures For Addressing American Indian Interments and Discovered
Historic GraveslBurials.
1. Stop all work or activity in the area immediately adjacent to the burial.
2. Report the burial immediately to the on-site archaeologist in charge so
that the observation may be confirmed.
3. Notify inunediately DEPARTMENT personnel, specifically the
DEPARTMENT's American Indian Liaison, Mr. Robert F. Entorf
(404-699-4423) or the PROJECT archaeologist, or the
DEPARTMENT's Environmental and Location engineer, Mr. David E.
Studstill, P .E. (404-699-4401).
4. Protect by reasonable means any aboriginal, prehistoric, historic or
American Indian remains, securing the area from unauthorized
personnel or activity.
5. The CONSULTANT shall refrain from discussing the presence or
absence of American Indian -Burials with the news media or general
public without prior consultation with the DEPARTMENT's
Environmental and Location Engineer.
B. A testing program of potentially eligible NRHP archaeological sites shall be
conducted. The testing strategy for each site shall be developed in
consultation with the DEPARTMENT's staff archaeologist (note: 1 m x 1 m
test units can be excavated during Phase I survey at the discretion of the
75
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
Principal Investigator). The testing strategy will include at a minimum close
interval shovel testing to define site boundaries, and the hand excavation of
formal test units (1 m x 1 m, 1 m x 2 m, 2 m x 2 m etc.). The test unit
locations will be at the discretion of the Principal Investigator in consultation
with the DEPARTMENT's staff archaeologist. All test units will be
excavated to a minimum of 5 em into culturally sterile subsoil clay (a
minimum of 10 em into sterile depositional deposits, such as are found in
floodplains and terraces).
C. All discovered archaeological features shall be recorded as to width, length, depth,
and nature of fill. Descriptive data recorded for each test shall include type of test
(i.e. shovel test, :[ m x 2 ill unit); topographic location; soil color, texture, and
observed anomalit:s; depths of soil horizons; and the presence or absence of cultural
material and features. A stratigraphic profile shall be drawn for each excavation
unit. Structures, sites, stratigraphy, and cultural material shall be recorded using
standard archaeological techniques.
D. All excavated soil shall be screened through 0.25 inch mesh hardware cloth.
Whenever subplowzone midden is encountered, a 10 liter soil sample will be
recovered from each level in the midden for flotation and micro-artifact analysis.
All archaeological sites shall be plotted on aerial photography provided by the
DEPARTMENT and USGS quad sheets. Black and white 3.5" x 5" photographs
and 35 mm color ~;lides shall be taken of all aspects of the survey. Data collection
(testing, etc.) shall be sufficient to support an assessment ofNRHP eligibility.
E. Evaluation of archaeological sites recommended potentially eligible for the NRHP
shall also include the following: (1) for widening projects, an archaeological survey
of the area on the opposite side of the road from the site equivalent to required right-
of-way; and (2) for new location projects, an archaeological survey of an area
adjacent to the PROJECT corridor adequate to recommend avoidance alternatives.
The preceding shall be performed in consultation with the DEPARTMENT's staff
archaeologist.
III Survey/Testing/Evaluation Objectives
The CONSULTANT shall adopt the following survey/testing/evaluation objectives for
the PROJECT:
76
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
A. Provide accurate and reliable location of cultural resources in the PROJECT area
including an accurate and concise map of all archaeological sites, structures, and
features. These shall also be plotted on the aerial photography.
B. Provide an evalua.tion of NRHP eligibility for all identified archaeological
resources.
C. Provide sufficient data to assess avoidance alternatives for potentially NRHP
eligible resources [see CR Part 1, Archaeology Task 1: (II)(E)].
D. Provide recommendation for mitigation if avoidance is not possible.
IV. Data Analysis
The CONSULTANT shall use standard artifact analysis procedures for the PROJECT
and the following points shall be adhered to:
A. All artifactual materials shall be washed cleaned or otherwise stabilized and
cataloged in a professionally acceptable manner and the original and two (2)
copies of the catalog must accompany the collection. Artifacts requiring
special conservation (i.e., wood, metal, and shell) must be properly treated.
Parts of the collection requiring special curation conditions (e.g., climate
control) must be identified and packaged separately from the remainder of
the collection.
B. Artifacts must be packaged in interlocking, heavy-duty plastic (minimum 3
mm thick) bags or small archival boxes. Each bag must be properly labeled
with catalog number, field context identification and other requisite
information. The same printed information must be inserted into the bag on
a separate piece of paper. Each bag shall have a hole punched in one side to
allow for ventilation.
C. All archaeological collections including artifacts and records must be packed
in Hollinger archival boxes, 15" x 12" x 10", with each box properly labeled
front and back. (Boxes will be supplied by the DEPARTMENT.) Records
must be boxed separately from their associated artifacts. The contents of
each box cannot exceed thirty (30) pounds in total weight.
77
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
D.
Originals and two (2) photocopies of all field and laboratory notes, drawings, and photographs
shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT. These records must be packaged separately from the
artifacts. All photographs, accompanying negatives, and other photographic materials must be
placed in archival quality sleeves. All field and laboratory records must be on acid-free paper or
placed within acid-free folders. Any electronically stored data (e.g., computer discs) must
accompany hard copies of the records and be identified as to the requisite software, operating
system, disk density and compu1er type.
E. A detailed inventory of all excavation and 'analysis records must accompany
the collection and be submitted in triplicate.
V. Survey/Testing Report Preparation
Within two (2) weeks after completion of the fieldwork and prior to preparation
of the survey and testing report, the CONSULTANT shall prepare a Progress
Report of the results of the archaeological investigations for submittal to the
DEPARTMENT. The Progress Report shall include sufficient information to
allow development of alternatives for avoidance of potentially NRHP eligible
archaeological resources. After review and approval of the Progress Report by
the DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall prepare an Archaeological
Resources Survey and Testing Report using reporting procedures in accordance
with standards acceptable to appropriate State and Federal review agencies, as
determined by the DEPARTMENT. These shall include "Archaeological
Assessment Report Guidelines and Components" (HPD, DNR) and the Secretary
of the Interior's Standards and Guidelines [Federal Register 48(190): 44734-
44737]. A draft report (and five [5] copies) on the conduct of the proposed
research shall be prepared for review by the DEPARTMENT within sixty (60)
days after completion of field work. After acceptance by the DEPARTMENT,
fifteen (15) copies of the final report shall be submitted for review and acceptance
by the DEPARTMENT within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of comments
by the DEPARTMENT. The report shall adhere strictly to the requirements set
forth in this Scope of Work and shall include an historical overview of the
PROJECT area, with a thorough treatment of field survey/testing techniques.
Documentation of the archival survey shall include a description of the
methodology employed, identification .of the types of equipment employed,
number of personnel, a definition of "site" and "isolated find" used for the
purposes of investigation, a description of environmental characteristics of a high
sight probability area, and a resource specific assessment of the data with
recommendations for avoidance or additional investigation in the event that
avoidance is not an option. Base maps containing site location data shall be
submitted with the report to assure precise relocation. All archaeological sites,
features, structures, etc. shall be plotted on aerial photography and layouts. A
statement of the NRHP eligibility for each resource and supporting documentation
78
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VI.
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
shall be included in the report. The Principal Investigator shall sign each copy of
the report. An original and one (1) photocopy of the state archaeological site
form shall be submitted for each site located during the archaeological survey.
Completion of "Requests for Deternlinations of Eligibility" (DOEs)
A. Preparation of DOEs
The CONSULT ANT shall prepare, as required, a DOE utilizing a Request for
Determination of Eligibility Form [Archaeology Attachment 1] for each site
tested under this agreement and recommended eligible for the NRHP.
Multiple resource DOE(s) will be prepared in consultation with the
DEPARTMENT'S staff archaeologist and historian. The CONSULTANT
will complete a DOE Form for these resources that shall detail the following:
1. Requesting Agency;
2. Site Name and State or Institutional Site Number;
3. Location;
4. Property Owners Name and Address;
5. Representation in Existing Surveys;
6. Site Description;
7. Significance;
8. Bibliography;
9. Geographical Data, Maps and Acreage; and,
10. Name, Title, Firm and Address of Firm Preparing Documentation With
Vita of Key Personnel (P.I. and Author) Attached.
The following graphics shall be included within or attached to the DOE in
addition to representative photographs and the Georgia Archaeological Site
Form. All graphics shall be mounted on 8.5" x 11" paper and shall include a
North arrow, scale, and figure number, if applicable.
11. A PROJECT location map which delineates the PROJECT termini,
PROJECT number and county, and the labeled location of the
archaeological site;
79
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
12. A graphic delineating the site limits, the construction limits of the
PROJECT, and locations of shovel tests and unit excavations within and
around the periphery ofthe site; and,
13. An aerial photograph delineating the site limits.
B. Submission of DOEs
The CONSULT A1\T shall submit a draft copy of all DOEs with all appropriate
attachments for review and comment by the DEPARTMENT. After
acceptance of the draft DOEs by the DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT
shall prepare and submit four (4) final copies of each DOE. Only one (1) copy
of each DOE shall contain original photographs and graphics. The remaining
three (3) copies shall contain photocopies of photographs and graphics. The
quality of the photocopies shall be of a grade high enough to accurately convey
the information present in the photographs and graphics.
HISTORY TASK 1: Historic Resource Identification
The CONSULTANT shall conduct background research and a field survey for historic resources
in accordance with the following:
1. Background Research
Prior to the historic resources field survey the following work efforts shall be
accomplished:
A. Existing information on previously identified historic properties shall be reviewed. This
information includes NRHP listed properties, pending NRHP nominations, National
Historic Landmarks and the DEPARTMENT's updated Georgia Historic Bridge Survey
( GHBS).
~~he County listing of existing NRHP properties and pending NRHP nominations on file
at the Georgia Department of Natural Resources Historic Preservation Division (HPD)
shall be consulted in order to locate proposed and existing NRHP properties within the
PROJECT's APE. The NRHP Nomination Form(s), for listed properties and National
Historic Landmarks, and the NRHP Summary Form(s) for pending NRHP nominations
shall be copied for any listed or pending NRHP property(ies) located within the
PROJECT's APE and the locations of any such properties shall be delineated on the
appropriate USGS topographic map for use in the field. This information is available at
the HPD.
The DEPARTMENT's project historian will provide the GHBS survey form for any
bridge 50 years of age or older located within the PROJECT's APE.
80
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
B. The most recent DNR County and/or City surveys for historic resources on file at HPD
shall also be consulted in order to locate properties 50 years old or older previously
identified within the PROJECT's APE. Survey fornls for any previously identified
propery(ies) within the PROJECT's APE shall be copied and the location(s) of the
property(ies) delineated on the appropriate United States Geological Survey (USGS)
topographic map for use in the field.
C. The CONSULTANT shall complete a Notification of Section 106 Process Initiation
[History Attachment 2] and submit to all potential consulting parties in the Section 106
process for the PROJECT or a Notification of GEP A Process Initiation [History
Attachment 3] if applicable.
The "Georgia Department of TransportationlFederal Highway Administration
(GDOT/FHWA) Historic Resources Survey Guidelines" [History Attachment 1]
provides guidance on defini:t1g a project's APE and on identifying potential consulting
parties in the Section 106 process.
Following the thirty (30) day period specified in the Notification, the CONSULTANT
shall provide this notification and any responses for inclusion in the appropriate section
of the NEP A or GEP A environmental document.
II. Survey Methodo10gy/Field Survey
The historic resources field survey shall be conducted in order to identify and locate on maps
and aerial photography all previously identified DNR County and/or City survey sites and all
otht:r buildings, structures, objects, districts and multiple resource areas which are 50 years of
age or older. Enough information shall be gathered to reconunend each property 50 years of
age or older as eligible for listing in the NRHP or as not eligible for listing in the NRHP.
The CONSULTANT shall notify the contract manager prior to any field survey and inform
him or her of who will be doing the survey and the date(s) the survey is to be conducted.
NOTE TO CONSULTANT: The historic resources field survey can be conducted before
any responses are received as a result of the Notification prepared under History Task I. item
C. above.
III Survey Criteria
The CONSULTANT shall accomplish the following for each DNR survey site and for all
other individual buildings, structures, objects, districts, and multiple resource areas 50 years
of age or older identified within the PROJECT's APE:
A. ::ndividual Buildings, Stmctures, Objects and Multiple Resource Areas.
81
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
The CONSULTANT shall complete a Georgia Historic Resources Survey Form for any
building, structure or object 50 years of age or older identified within the PROJECT's
APE. The Georgia Historic Resources Survey Forms are available in electronic format
from the Historic Preservation Division of the Department of Natural Resources and the
Georgia Historic Resources Survey Manual shall be followed for directions in completing
this form. If a survey form has been completed by others as a result of a previous survey,
the form need not be comple:ed again, but a copy shall be provided in the report.
In addition to completing the survey form, the CONSULT ANT shall accomplish the
following for each individual building, structure or object. The following work efforts
also shall apply to those resources for which survey forms have been completed by others
as a result of a previous survey. For resources already listed in the NRHP or proposed for
listing in the NRHP, only representative exterior views and settings need to be
photographically recorded.
1. Each building, structure or object shall be photographed. Photographs shall be 3.5" x
5" black and white prints and shall be taken with a 35 mm camera. All exterior
elevations of the resource, including photographs of any significant or unusual
architectural features shall be photographed if the owner permits access to the
property. If not, representative views shall be taken from the right-of-way of the
existing facility. A panoramic view recording the building in its setting also shall be
taken. Photographs shall be numbered, labeled, mounted on 8.5" x 11" paper and
keyed to an 8.5" x 11" site plan sketch.
2. If owner access is permitted, appropriate interior features also shall be photographed.
Such features shall include mantles, staircases, representative photographs of historic
building materials, bui.lt-in furniture, doors, windows, and other pertinent
architectural features. Photographs shall be numbered, labeled, mounted on 8.5" x
11" paper and keyed to an interior floor plan sketch.
3. If access is permitted, the interior floor plan of the building shall be sketched on 8.5"
x 11" paper. The floor plan does not have to be to scale but all room divisions,
fireplaces, door and window openings shall be identified. Although the floor plan
sketch need not be to scale, elements shall be drawn in proportion to one another.
4. The location of each building shall be delineated on a USGS topographic map and
Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) readings shall be provided.
In addition, if the CONSULT ANT is recommending the resource as NRHP eligible, the
following shall be accomplished.
5. Based on the inspection conducted under CR Part 1, History Task 1: (III) (A) (1-3),
above, if the resource appears both to demonstrate significance and to retain integrity,
research shall be conducted at the appropriate county courthouse to detern1ine a date
of construction and to establish a proposed NRHP boundary for the resource.
82
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
Research shall consist of reviewing records at the appropriate Tax Assessors' Office
to obtain the current owner's name, the current legal boundary of the property, and an
estimated date of construction. Deed research also shall be conducted to determine
the presence of an intact historic boundary.
The "Georgia Department of Transportation/Federal Highway Administration
(GDOT/FHWA) Historic Resources Survey Guidelines" [History Attachment 1]
provides guidance on delineating proposed NRHP property boundaries.
6. Based on the information obtained under item 5, above, a proposed NRHP boundary shall
be delineated on the aerial photography provided that does not depict the PROJECT
concept.
B. Districts
Fo:~ any historic district(s) identified within the PROJECT's APE, the CONSULTANT shall
accomplish the following:
1. Photographically record the district by taking exterior photographs of representative
architectural styles/types within the district and representative streetscapes. The district's
setting abutting the existing facility also shall be photographically recorded through a
series of panoramic views.
2. Photographs shall be 3.5" x 5" black and white prints and shall be taken with a 35 nun
camera. Photographs shall be numbered, labeled, mounted on 8.5" x 11" paper and keyed
to aerial photography, to the extent possible.
3. Establish and delineate the proposed NRHP boundary of the district on the provided
aerial photography that does not depict the PROJECT concept and a USGS topographic
map. If the limits of the aeri al photography do not provide total coverage of the district,
the boundary shall be recorded on a city or cadastral map.
4. A site sketch shall be prepared to serve as a photograph key. The sketch does not have to
be to scale but it shall accurately depict local streets and state/federal routes. A city or
cadastral map of the area can be used in lieu of a site sketch.
IV. Historic Resource Survey Report Preparation
After allowing at least thirty (30) days from the time the Notification of Section 106 Process
Initiation is sent to potential consulting parties, the CONSULTANT will document the
results of the historic resources field survey as follows:
A. No properties 50 years old or older located within APE.
83
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
[f no properties 50 years of age or older are identified within the PROJECTS's APE, in
lieu of a Historic Resources Survey Report [History Attachment 4], the CONSULTANT
shall prepare a No Historic Properties Affected report [History Attachment 5]. That
:report shall include a PROJECT description, a description of the PROJECT'S APE, a
,statement of efforts made to identify historic resources and a statement that "no
:?roperties 50 years of age or older exist in the project's area of potential effects."
The CONSULTANT shall submit a draft of the report with all appropriate attachments
:for review and comment by the DEPARTMENT. After acceptance by the
DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall submit the documentation to the
DEPARTMENT for submittal to the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) and the
PROJECT's lead Federal agency. A minimum of six (6) copies of the final No Historic
]?roperties Affected report, one (1) of which shall contain original photographs, shall be
submitted to the DEPARTMENT. The photocopies in the other five (5) copies shall be
of high enough quality to accurately convey the information present. For each consulting
party in excess of two (2) in number, an additional copy of the report will be provided.
B. NRHP listed or eligible properties are located within APE - No Effect Anticipated.
]f NRHP listed or eligible properties are located within the PROJECT's APE, but
because of the nature and the scope of the undertaking no effects to those properties are
cmticipated, in lieu of a Histori.c Resources Survey Report [History Attachment 4], the
CONSULTANT shall prepare a No Historic Properties Affected report [History
Attachment 5]. That report s:i1all include a PROJECT description, a description ofthe
PROJECT'S APE, a statement of efforts made to identify historic resources, a discussion
NRHP listed or eligible propelties within the APE, and a justification of why the
PROJECT would have no effect on those NRHP listed or eligible properties.
The CONSULTANT shall submit a draft of the report with all appropriate attachments
for review and comment by th'e DEPARTMENT. After acceptance by the
DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall submit the documentation to the
DEPARTMENT for submittal to the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) and the
PROJECT's lead Federal agency. A minimum of six (6) copies of the final No Historic
Properties Affected report, one (1) of which shall contain original photographs, shall be
submitted to the DEPARTMENT. The photocopies in the other five (5) copies shall be
cfhigh enough quality to accurately convey the information present. For each consulting
{:arty in excess of two (2) in number, an additional copy of the report will be provided.
C. Properties 50 years old or older located within APE - Effect Anticipated.
If properties 50 years of age or older are located within the PROJECT's APE and because
of the nature and the scope of the undertaking an effect is anticipated, the
CONSULTANT shall prepare and submit a draft Historic Resources Survey Report
[History Attachment 4] for review and comment by the DEPARTMENT containing the
84
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
results of the historic resources field survey. This report shall include a PROJECT
description, a description of the PROJECT's APE, a summary of properties 50 years of
age or older located within the APE, and a PROJECT location map on which each
property 50 years of age or older is indicated. This PROJECT location map shall include
the PROJECT number and county; the PROJECT P.J. number; the PROJECT termini;
and North arrow and a scale.
For each property 50 years of age or older, a Property Information Form will be prepared
which shall note its location, note its date of construction, provide a description, make a
NRHP recommendation, discuss its significance and integrity, describe the setting of the
resource, and provide a UTM reading. For those .properties recommended NRHP
eligible, the discussion of the proposed NRHP boundary shall be included and shall
consist of a written physical description with both dimensions and physical or visual
breaks as well as a justification for the proposal. Special attention shall be give to the
boundary fronting the roadway with a statement that it is drawn to the existing right-of-
way, roadway, or other break and why. Following the written discussion for each
resource, the CONSULTANT shall include the completed DNR or DEPARTMENT
survey form (or Proposed NRHP Summary Forms or NRHP Forms, as appropriate), a site
plan sketch to which the photographs taken under CR Part 1, History Task 1: (III)(A-E),
above, are keyed, the mount,ed photographs, a floor plan if available, and the proposed
NRHP boundary depicted on either aerial photography, a topographical map or a
,:;adestral map. All documentation shall be keyed with an assigned resource number
{beginning with number 1).
Following the DEPARTMENT review and acceptance of the draft Historic Resources
;~urvey Report, a minimum of six (6) copies of the final Historic Resources Survey
lleport, one (1) of which shall contain original photographs, shall be submitted to the
DEPARTMENT. The photocopies in the other five (5) copies shall be of high enough
quality to accurately convey the information present. For each consulting party in excess
of two (2) in number, an additional copy will be provided.
CULTURAL RESOURCES PART 2: ASSESSMENT OF EFFECTS
TASK 2: Preparation of a draft Assessment of Effects [Cultural Resources Attachment 1]
docume:lt for Inclusion in the NEP A Environmental Document: An Assessment of PROJECT
Effects to Existing or Eligible NRHP Resources Identified.
NOTE TO CONSULTANT: One Section 106 document shall be prepared for both NRHP
eligible historic and NRHP eligible archaeological resources identified within the PROJECT's
area of potential effect.
1. Repc rt Preparation
85
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
At the direction of the DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall prepare a draft
AS5essment of Effects [cultUJral Resources Attachment 1] containing information for
inclusion in the appropriate section of the draft NEP A environmental document. The report
sh2.l1 include the following:
The Assessment of Effects shall include the following:
A. An introduction;
B. The need and purpose statement as provided in the NEP A environmental document;
NOTE TO CONSULTANT: This section can be left blank with a statement "NEPA
Planner to Provide" in the draft Assessement of Effects ifit has not been fully developed.
C. The PROJECT description as provided in the NEP A environmental document;
D. A discussion of the survey results which shall include a brief description of each cultural
resource and its significance;
E. An assessment detailing direct effects to each property which would or would not occur
to each historic and/or archaeological resource as a result of PROJECT implementation in
accordance with 36 CFR Part 800 including physical destruction, damage or alteration to
all or part of the property; isolation of the property from or alteration of the character of
the property's setting when that character contributes to the property's qualification for
the NRHP; introduction of visual, audible, or atmospheric elements that are out of
character with the property or alter its setting; and, if applicable, neglect of a property
resulting in its deterioration or destruction. The CONSULTANT shall utilize air and
noise studies produced in accordance with this Agreement (or provided by the
DEPARTMENT, if approprlate) in assessing air and noise effects to historic and/or
archaeological resources.
F. An assessment detailing indirect effects that occur to historic and/or archaeological
resources as a result of PROJECT implementation also shall be made. Support
statements for the assessment of indirect effects shall include discussions of existing and
planned development and zoning in the areas of the historic and/or archaeological
resources.
G. [f three (3) or more resources are affected, a summary table of effects shall be prepared.
[f less than three, the effects shall be summarized in prose.
H. [f the effect to historic and/or archaeological resources is adverse, a discussion of
alternatives to avoid the adverse effect shall be included. The CONSULTANT shall
arrange a meeting with the DEPARTMENT to discuss avoidance alternatives,
minimization, and proposed mitigation as soon as it is evident to the CONSULTANT that
86
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
an adverse effect would occur to a cultural resource or if compliance with Section 4(f)
would be required.
NOTE TO CONSULTANT: This section can be left blank with a statement "NEPA
Planner to Provide" in the draft Assessement of Effects for properties with an adverse
effect that results from a 4(f) use of land.
I. A discussion of planning to minimize harm and, if the effect is adverse, proposed
mitigation shall be included. The discussion regarding planning to minimize harm shall
include any efforts undertaken which minimized effects to cultural resources. Such
efforts shall include, but shall not be limited to alignment shifts, right-of-way reduction,
and median reduction. If historic and/or archaeological resources would be adversely
affected, mitigation shall be proposed in order to take into account the adverse effect on
historic and/or archaeological resources. Depending on the adverse effects, proposed
mitigation may include, but shall not be limited to landscaping, recordation with medium
format (2 3/4 x 2 1/2 inc:b. negative) or large format (4 inch x 5 inch negative)
photography, Historic American Buildings Standards (HABS) documentation or Historic
American Engineering Record (HAER) documentation and relocation of the resource.
The following graphics shall be included in the Assessment of Effects:
J. A PROJECT location map delineating the locations of the NRHP eligible historic and/or
archaeological resources. This map shall include the PROJECT number and county; the
PROJECT P.I. number; the PROJECT termini; a scale and North arrow.
K. A graphic depicting the proposed PROJECT in the area of each cultural resource. The
graphic shall detail existing cmd required rights-of-way, construction limits, if available,
and the eligible NRHP boundary of the resource. The graphic shall include a label
"identifying the PROJECT number and county, a scale, and a North arrow.
The following items shall be appended to the Assessment of Effects:
L. Applicable Notification and responses, if received;
M. l?hotocopies of the Property Information Forms for the affected historic resources and
DOEs for the affected archaeological resources.
II. Report Submission
The CONSULTANT shall submit a draft Assessment of Effects report with all appropriate
attachments for review and comment by the DEPARTMENT. After acceptance by the
DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall submit one (1) draft Assessment of Effects report
to the DEPARTMENT for use in the preparation of the NEPA or GEPA environmental
document.
87
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Septcmbcr 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
If the PROJECT requires a Federal activity, the DEPARTMENT shall notify the Advisory
Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) through the lead Federal agency of the adverse
effect if the adverse effect cannot be avoided. If any of the criteria in Appendix A to Part
800 governing ACHP involvement in the Section 106 process appear to be met, the
DEPARTMENT will invite the ACHP to participate as a consulting party. The
DEPARTMENT shall notify the CONSULTANT if the ACHP wishes to be a consulting
party for the purpose of preparing the appropriate final Assessment of Effects and
Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) for the adversely affected cultural resources under CR
Part 2, Task 2: (IT).
TASK 3: Preparation of final Assessment of Effects report for use in compliance with Section
106 ofthe National Historic Preservation Act, as amended.
I. Preparation of final Assessment of Effects
At the direction of the DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall prepare the final
Assessment of Effects [Cultural Resources Attachment 1] for submittal by the
DEPARTMENT to the lead Federal agency, the SHPO and the ACHP, if applicable.
If cultural resources would be adversely affected, the CONSULTANT shall prepare a two
or three party MOA depending upon the ACHP's response or lack thereof regarding the
notification of adverse effect as discussed under CR Part 2, Task 1: (I) (H), for submittal
with the Assessment of Effects.
II. Preparation of a Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) for Adversely Affected Cultural
Resources.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare either a MOA with Council [Cultural Resources
Attachment 2] or a MOA without Council [Cultural Resources Attachment 3]
depending upon the results of the early coordination completed under CR Part 2, Task 1:
(lI), above, for adversely affected cultural resources. All stipulations proposed in the draft
Assessment of Effects document shall be included.
III. Report Submission
The CONSULTANT shall submit a draft of the Assessment of Effects with all graphics
and appendices for review by the DEPARTMENT. If required, the MOA shall be
mbmitted with, but shall remain separate from the Assessment of Effects. After
clcceptance by the DEPARTMENT, the CONSULTANT shall submit a minimum of five
(5) copies of the final Assessment of Effects for submittal to the lead Federal agency,
SHPO, and the ACHP, if appropriate. Only one copy shall contain original graphics.
The other four (4) copies of the final report shall contain copies of graphics of a quality
high enough that the information contained on the graphics is easily discernible. If an
MOA is applicable, the CONSULTANT shall provide three (3) copies of the MOA. For
t:ach consulting party in excess of two (2) in number, an additional copy of the final
Assessment of Effects report will be provided.
88
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
The DEPARTMENT shall notify and provide a copy of the acceptance of the final
Assessment of Effects and the MOA, if applicable, by the lead Federal agency, the
SHPO, and the ACHP, if applicable, to the CONSULTANT for inclusion in the final
NEP A or GEP A environmental document.
After acceptance by the lead Federal agency, the SHPO, and the ACHP ofthe above, as
applicable, the CONSULTANT shall revise the coordination section of the draft
environmental document for :inclusion in the final NEP A or GEP A environmental
document.
CULTURAL RESOURCES PART 3: HISTORIC RESOURCE
MITIGATION (EXCLUDES ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES)
TASK 1: Completion of the Mitigation Stipulations for Adversely Affected Historic Resources
(Excludes Archaeological Resources)
I. Completion of Mitigation Stipulations
After acceptance by the lead Federal agency, the SHPO, and the ACHP of the Assessment of
Effects and ratification of the MOA, and at the direction of the DEPARTMENT, the
CONSULTANT shall satisfy all stipulations for adversely affected historic resources
comained in the ratified MOA. If a Section 106 document was not required, but the
DEPARTMENT has committed to mitigation under GEPA, the CONSULTANT shall satisfy
all stipulations for historic resources.
If Historic American Building Survey (HABS) standards or Historic American Engineering
Record (HAER) standards are required for documentation, the CONSULTANT shall
coordinate with the National Park Service (NPS) to determine the level of documentation
required and shall furnish this inDmnation to the DEPARTMENT.
If a Landscape Plan is required for documentation, the DEPARTMENT shall meet with the
CONSULTANT to determine the appropriate design and types of plant material to be used in
creating the Landscape Plan, and the appropriate format for producing the Plan. The
Landscape Plan shall be designed by experienced qualified staff with degrees in Landscape
Architecture or Landscape Design, or a closely allied field. The DEPARTMENT shall meet
with the CONSULTANT to provide direction on completing the requirements of any other
miti,sation stipulations. .
II. Report Submission
The CONSULTANT shall provide a draft copy of any documentation required to satisfy
mitigation stipulations for review by the DEPARTMENT.
89
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
If HABSIHAER documentation is required, after acceptance by the DEPARTMENT, the
draft documentation shall be scbmitted by the DEPARTMENT to the lead Federal agency
and NPS for review. The DEPARTMENT will notify the CONSULTANT of acceptance of
the documentation by NPS or of any corrections required by NPS. The CONSULTANT
shall submit one (1) final copy of the HABS/HAER documentation containing all originals
for resubmittal by the DEPARTMENT to NPS, one (1) photocopy of the written
documentation with one set of original photographs for submittal to the SHPO, and two (2)
photocopied sets of the written information and photographs for the DEPARTMENT's and
the lead Federal Agency's files. The DEPARTMENT shall notify the CONSULTANT and
provide a copy of the acceptance of the documentation by NPS.
If a Landscape Plan is required, after acceptance by the DEPARTMENT, the draft
Landscape Plan shall be submitted by the DEPARTMENT to the lead Federal agency and the
SHPO for review. The DEPARTMENT shall notify the CONSULTANT of acceptance of
the documentation by the SHPO or of any corrections required. Upon acceptance by the
SHrO, the CONSULT ANT shall submit two (2) sets of the original mylars and three
(3) copies of the Landscape Plan to the DEPARTMENT for submittal to the PROJECT
DeE.igner for inclusion in the PROJECT construction documentation.
11.
PARKLAND
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the impacts of the proposed PROJECT on public
parkland in accordance with the following:
A. Survey the project area for any parkland of local, State or Federal jurisdiction. If
there would be any parkland involvement, propose alternatives to the use of such
land and measures to minimize harm.
B. If the use of parkland cannot be avoided, determine the following information for
use in the Section 4(f) Evaluation: size and location of parkland, ownership,
functions of or available activities, location and description of all existing and
planned facilities, access, usage (number of visitors), relationship to similar lands,
clauses affecting ownership, such as easements, covenants, and any unusual
characteristics of the parkland that may enhance or reduce its value. Prepare the
following graphics for use in Section 4(f) Evaluation: detailed map of sufficient
scale to identify the relationship ofthe PROJECT to the parkland.
12.
~)EcTION 4(F) APPLICABILITY
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the impacts of the proposed PROJECT on Section 4(f)
resources in accordance with the following:
A. In addition to surveys for historic resources and parkland as discussed herein and
above, survey project area for additional types of Section 4(f) resources
which include wildlife management areas (only applicable if their major function
90
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
13.
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
is as a waterfowl or wildlife refuge), waterfowl or wildlife refuges oflocal, state
or federal jurisdiction.
B. If there would be any use of Section 4(f) land, propose alternatives to the
DEPARTMENT which would avoid the use of such land. If there are no feasible
and prudent avoidance alternatives, proposed to the DEPARTMENT measures to
minimize harm to the resource( s).
C. If the use of Section 4(f) land cannot be avoided, prepare and transmit (upon
DEP ARTMENT approval) a coordination letter to the official having jurisdiction,
requesting their concurrence in the level of significance of the resource, in the
potential effects to the resource and in the proposed mitigation of effects (refer to
Attachment #35).
D. If the use of Section 4(f) land cannot be avoided, determine the following
information: size, boundary and location of resource, ownership, functions of or
available activities, location and description of all existing and planned facilities,
access, usage, relationship to similar lands, clauses affecting ownership, such as
easements or covenants, and any unusual characteristics of the resource that may
enhance or reduce its value.
E. Prepare the following graphics for use in Section 4(f) Evaluation: detailed map of
sufficient scale to identify the relationship of the PROJECT to the resource, such
as schematic illustratlng existing and proposed right-of-way in relation to the
resource.
!20MMUNlTY IMPACTS
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the impacts of the proposed PROJECT on the
community and its facilities and services in accordance with the following:
A. Determine the beneficial and adverse effects of the proposed PROJECT on the
following: neighborhoods, community cohesion, travel patterns, accessibility,
community facilities, public safety, special interest groups, in particular elderly,
handicapped, and transit-dependent groups.
13. Determine if there would be any disproportionate effects to minorities and, if
determined necessary by the DEPARTMENT, propose mitigation measures to
avoid or minimize adverse effects in order to assure compliance with Title VI of
the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Further identify and address any disproportionately
high and adverse human health and/or environmental impacts on low-income and
minority populations in accordance with Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions
to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low Income
Populations, dated February 11, 1994 (see Attachment #36, Final Environmental
Justice Strategy). The CONSULT ANT shall conduct meetings with any impacted
populations, as determined necessary by the DEP ARTMENT and with
91
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15.
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
DEPARTMENT personnel present, and record the impacts and benefits to the
neighborhoods and communities. The CONSULT ANT shall fully explore
measures to minimize harm.
C. CONSULTANT will investigate the relevance of Executive Order 12898. The
Environmental Justice analysis provides an overview of the impact of the project
on minority and low-income communities. This will include a preliminary
assessment that contains an identification of:
· Primary issues/concerns most critical to the community;
· Disproportionate impacts borne predominantly by the minority or low-
income population in comparison to the non-minority population; and
· Any environmental impacts on minorityllow-income communities that
exceed those experienced by the general populations.
D. Determine if there would be any effects where current or proposed pedestrian or
bicycle facilities or indications of use are identified. If any effects, such as
severing existing routes, propose alternatives to avoid or minimize effects.
14.
RELOCATIONS
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the relocation impacts of appropriate alternates in
order to assure compliance with Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Properties
Acquisition Act of 1970. If the proposed PROJECT would result in displacements, the
CONSULTANT shall prepare a Conceptual Stage Study for use in the environmental
document. The Conceptual Stage Study shall be prepared in accordance with the Office
of Right-of-Way procedures (refer to Attachment #37). The CONSULTANT shall use
the format as provided for the preparation of the written document (refer to Attachment
#38).
The CONSULTANT shall provide the DEPARTMENT with a draft copy of the
Conceptual Stage Study for review and comment. Upon approval, the Conceptual Stage
Study shall be incorporated into the environmental document.
!JAND USE
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the impacts of the proposed PROJECT on land use in
accordance with the following:
A. Determine existing and proposed land use in the project corridor and if the
proposed PROJECT is consistent with current land use, comprehensive
development, and transportation plans. Reference PROJECT as part of either
State Transportation Improvement Program (STlP) or local Transportation
Improvement Program (TIP).
92
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
B. Determine any secondary effects which may result from implementation of the
proposed PROJECT, such as potential for planned versus unplanned growth.
16. ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the economic consequences, both beneficial and
adverse, of the proposed PROJECT in accordance with the following:
A. Determine the effects on the regional or local economy such as eXIstmg or
proposed development, tax revenues, employment opportunities, accessibility and
retail sales.
B. Determine the effects on existing highway related businesses, such as gas stations
and motels. For example, determine the effects of a bypass versus a through town
alternative.
17. CONSTRUCTION
The CONSULTANT shall analyze the construction impacts of the proposed PROJECT in
accordance with the following:
A. Determine the temporary effects which may result during construction, such as
access and disruption of utilities.
:B. Propose measures to minimize effects during construction.
18. !UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE SITES
The CONSULTANT shall summarize the DEPARTMENT'S investigation of any UST
.md Hazardous Waste Sites identified within the project area for use in the environmental
document.
PHASE Ill: ENVIRONM][NTAL DOCUMENT PREPARATION AND PUBLIC
HEARING
The CONSULTANT shall review data gathered in Phases I and II and shall write the appropriate
environmental document (Categorical Exclusion, short form Environmental Assessment, regular
form Environmental Assessment or EIS) in accordance with FHW A's Technical Advisory T
6640.8A (refer to Attachment #39). Formats for each type document are numbered Attachment
#'s 40, 4:., 42 and 43, respectively. (Note: The above should he tailored to the specific project
in that the type of environmental document should be established. Also, there is no need to
give the consultant copies of items they will not need). The scope of work shall be in
accordance with the following:
93
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
1. Write draft environmental document and if required, draft Section 4(.0 Evaluation, and
transmit three copies to the DEPARTMENT for review. Refer to Attachment #'s 44, 45
and 46, respectively, for copies of Programmatic Section 4(.0 evaluations for parkland,
historic sites and historic bridges.
2. Revise draft environmental document(s) per DEPARTMENT comments and submit three
copies to the DEP ARTME1\rT for review. The DEPARTMENT shall transmit to FHW A.
3. Once the environmental document (EA only) is approved, a public hearing shall be
scheduled. If the environmental document shall be a CE, approval prior to the public
hearing is not required. The CONSULTANT shall attend the dry run for the public
hearing and prepare the hearing handout (refer to Attachment #47). Submit the handout
for DEPARTMENT review. Once the handout is approved, print the appropriate number
of copies that was determined at the dry run.
4. Attend the location and design public hearing as the environmental specialist answering
questions which may arise fi'om the public.
5. Following the hearing and 10-day comment period, summarize the comments received
and prepare written response letters to all who commented. Submit letters to the
DEPARTMENT for review" Upon approval by the DEPARTMENT, transmit response
letters.
PHASE IV: ALTERNATIC SELECTION AND FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL
DOCUMENT
(NOTJ8:: The following paragraph will need to be revised according to the type of document
being ]>repared)
Following the public hearing and comment period, the DEPARTMENT shall make a Final
Alternate Selection. Following alternate selection, the CONSULTANT shall prepare the final
environmental document. Finalize the CE, finalize the Draft EIS, or if an EA was submitted,
prepare a FONSI/ Addendum (refer to Attachment #48). If a FONSI/ Addendum is prepared, it
shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Write final environmental document and final Section 4(.0 Evaluation if required. Attach
certificate of compliance to the environmental document to certify compliance with 23
USC 128, public hearing requirements (refer to Attachment #49). Transmit three copies
of the environmental document to the DEPARTMENT for review.
2. Revise final environmental document per DEPARTMENT comments and submit three
copies to the DEPARTMENT for review. The DEPARTMENT shall transmit it to
FHW A for review and/or approval.
94
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
95
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27, 2000
EXHffiIT "E"
NOTE: THE FOLLOWD'JG TWO SCOPES ARE TO BE USED IF
THESE TASKS ARE PART OF THE CONTRACT, IF NOT, PLEASE
DELETE.
mSTORIC CEMETERY PERMIT/RELOCATION
SCOPE OF WORK
PROJECT
COUNTY
P.I.NO.
The CONSULTANT shall cause to be performed the Scope of Work as herein contained. The
CONSLLTANT agrees that all work within the Scope of Work shall be performed by a Principal
Investigator who is a qualified archaeologist and meets the U.S. Secretary of the Interior's standards for
professio:mal qualification as set forth in 36 CFR Part 66, Appendix C (Federal Register 42 [19]: 5382-
5283).
The PROJECT consists of archaeological delineation and/or relocation of (DESCRIPTION).
This Scope of Work provides for the preparation of a permit application for said cemetery pursuant to the
Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA) 36-72, "Abandoned Cemeteries and Burial Grounds," 1991,
as amended (Task I) and relocation of burials contained therein, if applicable (Task 2).
Task 1
1. :3ackground Research
An extensive background literature review shall be conducted to develop the historic context
Jur said cemetery and shall incl-,jde a review of pertinent documents housed at the Map Library
and the Georgia Room at the University of Georgia, Athens; and examination of county-level
records sources to include local libraries and the courthouse. Census and other genealogical
records shall be examined and informant interviews shall be conducted, as required, to yield
information on descendants.
II. Preparation of Permit Application (OCGA 36-72)
The CONSULT ANT shall obtain the necessary items for the permit application as specified in
OCGA 36-72-5. These items include:
96
I
I
September 27 , 2000
EXHIBIT "E"
I
A. Title search to establish m'lOership and yield title opinion for parcel of land on which said
cemetery is located.
B. Archaeological delineation of boundaries of said cemetery to include number and location of
burials therein.
C. Survey by registered surveyor showing location and boundaries of said cemetery based on the
archaeological delineation.
D. Plan for identification and notification of descendants of those buried in said cemetery.
E. Plan for mitigation of said cemetery to include removal and reinterment of burials.
I
I
I
Task 2
I
1.
Mitigation
I
Upon acquisition by the DEPARlMENT of the permit for said cemetery, the relocation of the
burials as required shall proceed as follows.
I
A. Excavation Methods
I
The CONSULTANT shaJ: disinter the remains according to the plan developed for the
per.nit. All excavation will be preceded by detailed mapping and photography of the mown and
suspected grave locations. Each grave shall be disinterred by machine to approximately 20 cm
above the actual burial; the remains and grave fill will then be excavated by hand. All discovered
surface and subsurface cultural features and gravesites shall be recorded as to length, width, depth,
and nature of fill or material of manufacture. Descriptive data recorded for each test shall include
provenience, soil color, soil texture, observed soil anomalies, depths of soil horizons, and the
pret:ence or absence of cultural material. A stratigraphic profil!:: of the excavation should be drawn.
Stratigraphy and cultural material recovered from excavation units shall be recorded using standard
archaeological techniques. If then: are no objections from the descendants and if the remains are
sufficiently well preserved, basic metric and qualitative information will be gathered from the
skeletal remains which are not contained within an intact coffin. No caskets shall be opened without
the 'Mitten permission of descendants or the DEPARlMENT.
I
I
I
I
I
I
All excavated soil from the lower portion of the grave shaft shall be screened through 0.635
cm (0.25 in) mesh hardware cloth. Black and white 3 W' X 5" photographs and color slides
shall be taken of all aspects of the excavation.
I
I
97
I
I
September 27, 2000
I
EXHIBIT "E"
I
Dependent upon permit stipulations, the CONSULTANT, in consultation with the
DEPARTMENT's staff archaeologist, reserves the right to make changes in the excavation
procedures as long as it doe~; not affect the final desired results.
I
B. Data Analysis
I
The CONSULTANT shall use standard artifact analysis procedures for this project and the
following points shall be adhered to:
I
1. All artifactual materials will be identified and inventoried. Basic descriptive analysis of
all artifactual materials will be conducted prior to reinterment. The grave accoutrements
and coffin hardware will be described and photographed. Mter analysis, all material
related to each burial along with an inscribed metal tag that identifies the name of the
deceased or the burial number will be placed in a container as specified in the reinterment
plan.
2. Originals and two photocopies of all field and laboratory notes, drawings, and
photographs will be submitted to the DEPARTMENT. All photographs, accompanying
negatives, and other photographic materials must be placed in archival quality sleeves.
All field and laboratory records must be on acid-free paper or placed within acid-free
folders. Any electronically stored data (e.g. computer disks) must accompany hard
copies of the records and be identified as to the requisite software, operating system, disk
density and computer type.
3. A detailed inventory of all excavation and inventory records must be submitted in
triplicate.
I
I
I
I
C. Reinterment
I
The CONSULTANT shall reinter the remains according to the plan developed for the
perait. If there are objections to the removal of the burials, the DEPARTMENT shall reevaluate the
situation and the CONSULTANT shall not be responsible for further action under this agreement.
I
I
II. Report Preparation
I
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a Report of the Excavations at said cemetery usmg
r'~porting procedures in accordance with standards acceptable to appropriate State and Federal
r'~view agencies, as determined by the DEPARTMENT. These shall include "Archaeological
Assessment Report Guidelines and Components"" (GDNR, HPD) and the Secretary of the
Interior's Standards and Guidelines (Federal Register 48 [190]: 44734-44737). A report (and two
copies) on the conduct of the proposed research shall be prepared and submitted to the
DEPARTMENT within sixty (60) days after completion of the field work. The report shall
strictly adhere to the requirements set forth in the Scope of Work and shall include a thorough
treatment of field techniques and results. Documentation of the archaeological testing shall
I
I
I
I
98
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
September 27,2000
EXHIBIT "E"
include a description of the methodology employed, identification of the types of equipment
employed, and number of personnel. Each copy of the report shall be signed by the Principal
Investigator.
Traffic Analysis Scope of worK
PROJECT
COUNTY
P.I.NO.
The DEPARTMENT shall furnish the CONSULTANT the following information for the project.
1. Trame counts at needed locations by Office of Information Services (OJ.S.). IfOJ.S. is
unable to make the traffic counts, then the consultant shall gather the necessary data.
2. Historical traffic counts along project from Traffic Analysis Section
3. Where available, systems traffic (Modeling) from Office of Planning or Atlanta Regional
Conunission (ARC).
CONSlfLTANT shall conduct the necessary traffic analysis to produce the following:
1. Existing ADT for project and side streets.
2. No Build ADT for project and selected side streets.
3. Base Year and Design Year ADT turning movements along project for each
alternate.
4. AM/PM Design Hour turning movement volumes along project for each
alternate.
5. Peak Hour and 24 hour truck percentages for project.
CONSULTANT shall furnish the above information to the Department=s Traffic Analysis
section in the standard format (example attached). The information shall be on a disk and
compah,le with Microstation. In addition, a paper copy (8.5x11) of the data shall be furnished.
99
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR APPENDICES & EXHIBITS
Appendix A: Standard Specifications for the Preparation of Roadway Construction Plans
Appendix B: Project Concept and Project Location Map
Appendix C: Preliminary Layout Criteria for Bridges and Walls
Appendix C-l : Guidelines for Bridge Surveys
Appendix C-2: Structure Type Study
Appendix D: Hydraulic and Hydrological Studies
AppendixE: Additional Design Criteria for Bridges and Walls
Appendix F: Guidelines for Electronic Bridge Plan Submission
Appendix G: Preliminary Con:;truction Cost Estimate Format
AppendixH: Monthly Voucher Format
Appendix I: DBE Participation Report
Ex.hibit A:
Ex.hibit B:
Ex.hibit C:
Exhibit D:
Exhibit E:
Scope and Procedure
Outline / Schedule
Total Project Costs
Title VI of the Civil Right Act
Environmental Scope of Work
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX "A"
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION PLANS
CRITERIA: The CONSULTANT shall become familiar with and use the latest, as determined by the
DEPARTMENT, American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
Design Manuals for Arterial Streets, Rural, Urban and Interstate Highways, including those standards
adopted by the AASHTO and approved by the Secretary of Commerce, as provided by Title 23, United
States Code, Section 109 (b), with the DEPARTMENT'S Standards, Procedures, Plans, Specifications
and Metbods, with Federal Highway Administration procedures relating to plan review and approval, and
shall produce plans in accordance therewith.
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS AND GUIDELINES: Design for roadways, bridges and other structures
shall be in accordance with the AASHTO, Design Specifications, current edition; AASHTO Guide
Specifications for Horizontal Curved Highway Bridges; AASHTO Standard Specifications for Structure
Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaries and Traffic Signals dated 1975; and AASHTO Roadside Design
Guide dated 1996. The lighting design shall be in accordance with the American National publication,
"An illS RP-8-83", and the Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges, current
edition, a3 modified by Supplemental Specifications and Special Provisions, current editions. Design and
plan prq:aration shall also be in accordance with the FHW A Federal-aid Highway Program Manual
6-2-1, dated January 11, 1977 and 6-4-2, dated April 10, 1975. Plans and specifications shaH conform to
the requirements of the DEPARTMENT'S Standard Specifications and Supplemental Specifications,
latest edition, the Georgia Department of Transportation Manual on Drainage Design for Highways and
Highway Capacity Manual, current edition (T.R.B. Report No.2). Design for work inside interstate
rights of way shall conform to interstate :;tandards. Design for work outside interstate right of way shall
conform to AASHTO design standards for the appropriate classification and speed design as indicated in
the project concept provided by the DEPARTMENT. Any deviation will require prior approval in
writing by the DEPARTMENT. On facilities where driveways are included, the CONSULTANT shall
become familiar with the DEPARTMENT'S regulations and procedures and shall produce plans for
upgrading driveway control. The CONSULTANT shall strive to meet "Desirable" or upper limit
guideline~: on all new work and reconstruction. Where this proves to be impracticable, the design must
A-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
meet "minimum" guidelines. Any deviation will require a written design exception or variance be
approved prior to incorporating the deviation in the work. The CONSULTANT shall prepare the required
design exception request for approval by DEPARTMENT and/or the FHWA. A design exception
request will justify fully why the guideline cannot be reasonably met considering such items as
right-of-way impacts, cost, mitigation measures taken, accident history, and recommendation. In addition
to the references listed above, the following references shall be used in the development of this project:
· Electronic Data Guidelines dated December 14, 1998
· Turning Vehicle Templates by Jack E. Leisch & Associates or Autoturn CAD program by Transoft
Solutions.
· Ma::1Ual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices "MUTCD" by the U.S. Department of Transportation,
Federal Highway Administration "FHW A".
· Manual of Drainage Design for Highways by the Georgia Department of Transportation, "GDOT".
· Roadway and Bridge Standard Plans by the "GDOT" Road and Airport Design Office. Design and
plan preparation shall also be in accordance with the Certification Acceptance Authorized by 23 USC
117(a) for Administering Federal Aid Projects Not On Interstate System, dated 6-1-90.
· Construction Details by the "GDOT" Road and Airport Design Office.
. Bid Item Index by the "GDOT" State Transportation Office Engineer.
· Rules and Regulations for Driveway and Encroachment Control by the "GDOT".
This list is not intended to be all inclusive. All references shall be current editions. Any current editions
that are written in metric units shall be "soft converted" to U.S. Standard Units. Any rounding will be to
the dimension that will increase safety.
CONSTRUCTION PLAN SPECIFICATIONS: The plans shall be in accordance with the
DEPARTMENT'S Standard Specifications for Construction of Transportation Systems, as amended. The
DEPARTMENT will furnish the Georgia Standard Construction and Materials Specifications for use
throughout the PROJECT.
PLAN SIZES: Plans for roadway, drainage, utilities, bridges and walls shall be reproducible quality ink
drawing~;, on three (3) mil thick mylar with matte finish on both sides having outside dimensions of 36"
by 23" with 2" margin on the left and ~~" margin elsewhere and be produced by a Microstation CADD
system. Review sets of plans may be on paper with the same dimensions as above.
A-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CONSTRUCTION PLAN REQUIREMENTS AND SCALE: The plans shall be fully dimensioned in
English units; all elevations necessary for construction shall be shown similar to the DEPARTMENT'S
normal practice. All plans shall be prepared on the scales listed below, unless otherwise approved by the
DEPARTMENT. Drawings and lettering shall be such as to produce clear and legible reproductions
when re::luced to half-size. The scale of sheets should be as follows:
1. 1"= 1 0 '
(a) preliminary layouts for walls.
(b) roadway cross sections I" = 10' horizontal and 1" = 1 0' vertical Note: Cross
sections may have to be plotted lengthwise on the sheet to avoid folded sections.
(c) Driveway profile sheets horizontal 1" = 10', vertical 1 " = 20'
2. I" = 20'
(a) roadway plan sheets for urban-type projects
(b) roadway profile sheets for urban-type projects 1" = 20' horizontal, 1" = 10' vertical
( c) gore detail sheets
(d) intersection detail sheets
(e) drainage profile sheets 1" = 20' horizontal, 1" = 1 0' vertical.
(f) detours for urban projects
(g) preliminary layouts for bridges
J. I" = 50'
(a) roadway plan sheets for rural-type projects
(b) roadway profile sheets for rural-type projects 1" = 50' horizontal, 1" = 10' vertical
4. 1"=100'
(a) cover sheet
(b) stage construction
<; I" = 200'
(a) stake out sheet
(b) property map
(c) drainage area map
The CONSULTANT shall check all details and dimensions shown on the plans before they are submitted
to the DEPARTMENT for review. Topography shall remain fully legible when plans are reduced in
size, but shall be less prominent and readily distinguishable from proposed work. Profile sheets shall
A-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
have the existing ground line dashed and the required profile in a solid line. All other plan sheets (utility,
erosion :::ontrol, landscaping, lighting, signing & marking, signal, etc.) shall be the same scale as its
corresponding roadway plan sheet.
CONSTRUCTION PLANS ORGANlZATION AND SHEET INDEX: Construction plans will be
assembled in the following sequence:
:[. Cover Sheet
a. Index
b. Revision Summary Sheet
2. General Notes/Project Notes
3. Typical Sections
4. Summary of Quantities
a. Quantities Required on Construction
b. Quantities Required by Amendment
:;. Detailed Estimate
6. Traffic Diagrams
1'. Survey Layout Sheet (Stakeout Sheet)
a. Corridor Location Map (New Location Projects only)
~" Mainline Roadway Plan Sheets
9. Mainline Roadway Profile S~leets
10. Cross Street, Side Street, and Frontage Road Plan and profile sheets
II. Interchange/Intersection Detail Plan Sheets
12. Ramp and Driveway Profiles and Profiles not included elsewhere
13. Drainage Area Map, Drainage Profiles, Sewer Profiles, and Culvert Profiles
14. Construction Staging Plan Sheets and Staging Cross Sections
15. Special Grading Sheets
16. Miscellaneous Details (detours, haul roads, pit locations, mitigation plans, etc.)
17. Utility Plans
18. Signing and Marking Plans and Details
19. Signal Plans
20. Lighting Plans and Details
21. Sound Barrier Plans and Details
22. Erosion and Sediment Control Sheets
A-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
23. Landscaping Plans and Det.1ils
24. Cross Sections
25. Retaining Wall Plans and Details
26. Bridge Plans and Bridge Standards
27. Special Design Culverts
28. Construction Details
29. Georgia Standard Drawings
30. Right-of-way Plans.
The tota I sheets shown in the Index should be the total number of sheets in the plans. The total sheets
shown ill the upper right comer of each sheet should be the total number of sheets submitted for the final
plan submission. Preliminary plans will be assigned temporary sheet numbers by using the sequence
prefix followed by a two-digit number. Example: mainline plan sheets will be numbered 8-0 I, 8-02,
8-03, etc. These numbers are to be placed in small blocks in the lower right comer of the sheet.
COMPUTATIONS: All design computations and computer printouts shall be neatly recorded on 8 Y:1"
by II" sheets, fully titled, numbered, indexed, dated, and signed by the designerlProject Manager and
checker. Project quantity computations shall be done in electronic spreadsheet format or directly
processed from the most current GDOT a.pproved version of CAiCE. The computer files, and two copies
of the computations fully checked and appropriately bound, shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT
with the plans. A complete tabulation of the drainage analysis along with the calculations used to
determine the size of drainage Structures shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT with the construction
plans.
BLUE P]UNT REQUIREMENTS: The CONSULTANT shall furnish all the prints necessary for the
development of the preliminary and final construction plans and specifications. All prints shall be clear
and legible. The DEPARTMENT will furnish all prints for bidding and construction purposes.
SUBMISSION OF PLANS: Upon completion of the detailed construction plans, special provisions and
supplemental specifications, the CONSULTANT shall submit (I) set of mylar sepias and on set of prints
to the DEPARTMENT for final review a::1d approval. Any revision necessary as a result of the final
review shall be made and resubmitted on mylar sheets by the CONSULTANT. The tracings and all other
documents prepared under this Agreement shall then be submitted to the DEPARTMENT whose
property they shall remain, without limitations as to their future use.
A-5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SUPPLJ[MENTARY INFORMATIOS ON CONSTRUCTION PLAN PREPARATION: All of the
following sheet descriptions and others required for completeness of the plans shall conform to the
DEPARTMENT'S Plan Presentation Guide.
COVER SHEET:
The completed Cover Sheet shall include:
1. Project Description; Name of Road and general limits
Example: 1-285 Widening from Ashford Dunwoody Road to 1-85
2. Project Number
3. County or Counties
4. Level of FHW A Oversight: Certification Acceptance (Exempt) or Non-Certification
Acceptance (Non-exempt)
5. Georgia DOT Project Identification (PI) Number
6. Federal Route Number and Permanent or Temporary State Route Number
7. Stationing:
3.. Begin and End Limits of Construction on mainline and major sidestreets
b. At regular intervals along project (every 100 feet minimum)
c. Mainline and Intersection Equalities
c.. Begin and end limits of all bJidges and bridge culverts; number bridges
e. Railroad centerline (crossing equality station with the roadway)
8. City and County lines
9. State Routes, Federal Routes and other roads labeled
10. North Arrow and Scale
11. Location Sketch: This map may be sketched or digitized from a state or county map and should
show a portion of the county or counties, major state or federal routes and other roads, important
s.treams and railroads. The project alignment should be shaded and labeled. A north arrow, for
the location sketch should also be included.
12. Northing and Easting "Project Midpoint" coordinates, zone of the coordinate grid system and
year horizontal and vertical datum used.
13. Design Data:
a. Functional Classification; for example: Urban Major Arterial
A-6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. Traffic A.D.T.(base year)
c. Traffic A.D.T. (future, 20 year traffic)
d. Traffic D.H.V. (each way)
e. Directional Distribution
f. Percent Trucks (peak)
g. 24 hour Trucks
h. Speed Design
14. Length of PROJECT box; required columns for mile by county and total project miles for:
a. Net length of Roadway
:J. Net length of Bridges
G. Net length of Project
d. Net length of Exceptions
e. Gross length of Project
15. "This project is located _.% in County and _% in Congressional District No.
__' County Code _."
16. Along the bottom of the shee;:: the project number, and the county. For Example: STP-189-
:: (25), Fulton County
17. Conventional Signs Legend showing general symbols used throughout the project.
18. "Plans Prepared by:" name and signature with Professional Engineer Stamp
19. "Under the Supervision of:" name ofGDOT Liaison Engineer
20. State Urban Design Engineer's signature block
21. Chief Engineer's signature block
22. Date of Completed plans for F.F.P.R
23. Date of Location and Design approval
24. Date of Completed plans
25. Revision Dates block
TRAFFJC FLOW DIAGRAMS: These sheets provide the traffic data infonnation to determine design criteria.
The DEPARTMENT shall furnish the traffic data infonnation. The CONSULTANT shall prepare the Traffic Flow
Diagram :;heets. The sheets are not required to be to a scale, but the drawing should show and represent the
alignment with cross roads and side streets ::ollowing generally the alignment of the overall project. Two sets of
diagram sheets are required, one which shows the Average Daily Traffic (ADT) and the other showing the peak
Design Hourly Volumes (DHV). All sheets will contain the following infoffi1ation:
A-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Label each sheet "Traffic Flow Diagram" with "Average Daily Traffic" or "Design
Hourly Volumes" respectively.
2. Label and show a representative alignment of the proposed roadway.
3. Label and show a representative alignment for cross roads and side streets.
4. Indicate and show a general north arrow.
s. Show the total 24 Hour Truck percentage and the Single Unit "SU" and Multiple Unit
"MU" percentage split on the ADT sheets. Show the peak hour truck percentage on the
DHV sheets.
6. Indicate by arrows, all directional traffic pattern movements with the respective
volumes.
7. On the ADT sheets, indicate the base-year and the 20-year design traffic. The base-
year traffic is for the year the project is proposed to open. The 20-year design traffic should
be shown in parenthesis.
Example: 2005 ADT (2025 ADT)
8. On the DHV sheets, u.se the 20-year projected AM and PM peak volumes with the PM
traffic volume in parenthesis.
Example: AM (PM)
9. Show a legend to indicate what the traffic volumes represent as shown in 7 and 8
above.
TYPICAL SECTIONS: The CONSULTANT shall provide all necessary typical sections required to describe
the vario"Js mainline roadway sections and/or side and crossroads. Typical sections should provide a precise
description of the proposed roadway and should conform to details as shown in the guidelines prepared by the
Georgia Department of Transportation Pavement Design Committee.
Typical sections shall be described D)r the entire project. Gaps or overlaps along the project are not
permitted. Each typical section should be numbered consecutively as it applies to the project and should
show station to station limits for its application. When transitions occur between roadway sections show
the variLble distances and station to station limits for each transition. Typical sections for ramps,
frontage roads, cross streets, side roads, or other conditions shall be additional sheets from the mainline
typical sections and clearly labeled/defined by name and stationing where they apply.
A-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Typical sections should show exact dimensions (medians, travel-lanes, bike lanes, curb and gutter,
shoulder.:;, sidewalks, slopes, ditches, right-of-way, etc.) from the construction centerline. Locate and
label the roadway profile grade line. Label appropriate items as to type and thickness. All slope controls
should be specified on each typical section.
Typical sections should indicate the spread rates for Asphaltic Concrete and depths for concrete
pavemen1 and Graded Aggregate Base to be used on the project. When directed by the DEPARTMENT,
the sections should indicate pay limits of material to be paid for by the square yard. The pavement
structure described in the typical sections shall be those approved by the DEPARTMENT. The
CONSULTANT shall supply the DEPARTMENT with the project cover sheet, preliminary typical
section sheets and pavement designs during the course of the plan preparation for the purpose of
presentation to the DEPARTMENT'S Pavement Design Committee.
Any special condition (such as v-gutter, guardrail, barriers, low point underdrain, etc.) should be
shown as details on the typical section sheets unless these items are covered by a Georgia Standard or a
construction detail, then a note should be included referring to the standard or detail.
The scale of each typical section may differ between the horizontal and the vertical in order to more
clearly show the division between separate layers of the structure ofthe pavement.
CONSTRUCTION PLAN SHEETS:
CO::lstruction plan sheets shall include but are not limited to:
1. Existing topography. Buildi::1gs labeled as to type of materials. (If data is available) For
example: Two story brick, Framed, etc.
2. Plan legend for all symbols
3. Land lot numbers and lines (shown and labeled). (If available from Right of Way.)
4. Land district numbers and liLes (shown and labeled). (If available from Right of Way.)
5. G.M.D. numbers and lines (shown and labeled). (If available from Right of Way.)
6. City limits and county lines
7. North arrow
8. Construction centerline with bearing (Construction layout sheet or stakeout sheet).
9. Street Names - all existing IOGations including mainline, state route and U.S. No.'s.
A-9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10. Construction limits (labeled include symbols for cut (C) or fill (F)).
11. Existing RfW and existing L/ A labeled.
[2. Required RfW and required L/A.
[3. Curve data for all roadways
14. (BLA) and (ELA) at access break points. Provide station and offset.
15. Dual project plans clearly show begin/end project. (By stations)
:~6. Begin and end construction. (By stations)
:.7. Angles and stations of all intersecting streets.
1.8. Edge of pavement (existing and proposed) and other roadway features, on mainline, cross
roads and drives.
] 9. Equality stations and exceptions.
20. Roadway drainage, curb inlets, drop inlets, yard drains, culverts, channel changes, side and
cross drains. All drainage structures shall be numbered and this number used consistently
throughout the plans. Show the pipe size and direction of flow.
2.1. Permanent erosion control measures such as slope and ditch protections, detention ponds,
rip rap, serrated slopes, etc.
22. Direction of drainage flow, and bodies of water adjacent to or up to 2000 feet downstream
from project.
23. Driveways, tie ins and cross streets (label mainline intersection station)
24. Dimension pavement widths, proposed right of way, width of drives, radii, flares and
tapers.
25. Superelevation and Superelevation transitions
26. Full station and offsets at all points on required right of way and easements including P.c.
and P.T. stations.
27. Driveway easement should have full station and offset on all points.
28. Property owners name on all sheets applicable.
29. Guardrail, barriers and/or attenuators.
3D. Right of Way markers.
31. Any other item deemed necessary by the CONSULTANT or the DEPARTMENT
ROADW A Y PROFILE SHEETS:
The :~oadway profiles should include the following:
I. Existing ground line and elevations.
A-lO
I
I
I
I
2.
3.
4.
Proposed grades and elevations.
Special ditches, drainage structures and flow lines.
Vertical curve data including design speed.
.5. Corresponding horizontal curves
r
I).
Equality stations and exceptions.
7. Bridges with begin and end stations (50 and 100 year HW information for bridges over
I water)
g. Critical clearances for bridges over roadways
I
9.
Begin and end construction station.
DRAINAGE PROFILE SHEETS: Drainage Profiles sha1l be shown for all proposed drainage structures
except side drains (under driveways). Existing drainage profiles sha1l be shown if pipe and structures are
to be retained and when a proposed drainage system connects to it. Drainage structures shall be fully
detailed and dimensioned. The followi.ng information is to be included on the drainage profiles and/or
summary of quantity sheets:
I
I
I
1. Structure Nos. shall be shown on drainage profiles, plan sheets and drainage summary sheets
for cross referencing.
I
3.
2. Station and offset from centerline
Plot the pipe line, percent grade, and a1l inlets, junction boxes and manholes etc.
4. Skew angle to centerline of roadway (if applicable)
I
5.
6. Condition of structure (existing)
I
I
I
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Size, length and type of structure.
Height of structure for catch basins, drop inlets, manholes, etc.
Flowline elevations at all inlets and outlets
Height of fill over pipes and culverts (existing and proposed groundline)
Special foundation backfill material and imperfect trench backfill material.
Type of end treatment.
12. Slope and direction of flow.
I
13.
14.
15.
16.
I
I
Drainage Area, Q50, QI00, Hw50, HwlOO for cross drains.
Method of connection between proposed and existing structures.
Applicable standards, construction details and special designs.
All quantities to complete drainage and erosion control.
I
All cross drain structures wi1l be sized by the P.C. computer program HY-8. The Allowable
Highwater will be the existing 100-year elevation plus 1.0 foot.
I
A-II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
All drainage structures that arc in a designated floodway must be sized to comply with the FEMA
regulations. FEMA structures require the computer analysis from FEMA, usually HEC-2 analysis.
Remodel the floodway and do not increase the 100-year storm more than 1.0 foot total. If the flood way
must be altered, all the necessary maps and computer printouts must be included in the drainage analysis
and the CONSULTANT shall ensure that all FEMA and Local Government requirements are satisfied.
When changing sizes of pipes the top elevation of the pipes shall be the same and the flowlines will
change. All other guidelines and computation sheets are in the "Manual on Drainage Design for
Highways". The CONSULTANT shall submit all drainage preliminary computations with the plans for
the Preliminary Field Plan review. Final drainage computations shall be submitted with plans for Final
Field Plm Review.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL SHEETS: Erosion and Sediment Control plans detail the
temporaIY erosion control devices to be used during construction. These devices include, but are not
limited to: sediment basins, sediment traps, silt control gates, floating silt retention barriers, check dams,
silt fence: (types A, B, & C), bailed straw, ditch checks, brush barriers, and slope drains. Additional plan
sheets may be required for each stage of construction.
STAGE CONSTRUCTION SHEETS~ Stage Construction plans detail one method by which the
contractor can build the project. The plans shall show the maintenance of traffic while detailing what
portions of the roadway can be built during the specific stage. Each stage shall also include a written
description of what can be built during this stage.
Temporary alignments, profiles, and cross sections may be required to provide adequate information
to the contractor for each stage. In adcition, plans sheets for each stage may also include but are not
limited to:
1. Erosion control
2. Temporary signing, marking and signals
3. Locations for temporary variable message signs
4. Locations for temporary barrier, impact attenuators, barrels
5. Location of temporary drainage
6. Location of travel lanes to remain open
7. Detour roadways/ haul road/maps
A-12
I
I
8. Location of temporary walls
9. Location oftemporary bridges
10. Quantities for stage construction
I
I
I
SUMMARY OF QUANTITY SHEETS: The Summary of Quantities is a tabulation ofthe items of
work, quantities, and units of measurement for a particular project. Each item shall be summarized by
one of the following four methods:
I
I
1. Sheet by Sheet: Placing all quantities required on each individual sheet together on a single line in a
spreadsheet format (most roadway :items). Example: Paving items, Curb and Gutter, right of way
markers.
2. Station by Station: Listing quantities that will be required from a given beginning station to a given
ending station. Example: Walls, Diwh Protection, and Temporary Silt Fence
3. Exact Station: Listing quantities that will be required at a specific location. Example: Drainage
Structures, Sediment Basins, Spring Box and Summary of Driveway Quantities.
4. Lump: Quantities that will be required for the complete project. Example: Grassing, Traffic
Con1rol and Earthwork Quantities.
I
I
I
I
Notes, if required, shall be placed under the corresponding Quantity Boxes. Each Note shall consist
of special requirements, method of payment, regulations or directions prepared to cover the work
required which is not covered by the Standard Specifications, or for General Information.
I
I
I
All quantities calculated and shown in be Summary of Quantities shall be to the nearest whole number.
,
Any item pertaining to linear mile shall be to the nearest thousandth of a mile. "As Directed by
Engineer" quantities shall only be added upon recommendation from the DEPARTMENT. Any quantity
amounts to be rounded off shall occur only when transferring them from the Summary Boxes to the
Detailed Estimate Sheet. See the Detaikd Estimate sheet discussion below for information pertaining to
rounding off.
I
I
I
DET ATI:'-ED ESTIMATE SHEET: The Detailed Estimate Sheet for a set of construction plans is one
of the m:>st important sheets. It is a precise listing of all the different pay item types and materials with
quantity amounts needed to construct the project. The Detailed Estimate is used by the Department to
I
I
A-13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
prepare the bid item proposal booklets, which are sold to contractors for the purpose of submitting an
itemizec. Cost Estimate for the proposed construction work.
The Detailed Estimate Sheet(s) are to be placed in the plans immediately following all summary of
Quantity Sheets. The Detailed Estimate Sheet will read in double columns from top left to bottom right
with the top being the 35" side of a plan sheet sized 23" by 35". The line items will be spaced and so
divided as to provide a clear and legible Detailed Estimate. The quantity amounts to be shown for each
pay item shall be transferred from the su,mmary to the Detailed Estimate Sheet as follows:
1. Use only whole numbers on the following:
a. :niles
b. Acres
2. For pay items with the unit of measurement "EACH" - the summary and detailed estimate quantity
mus'; match.
3. For large quantity items with small unit costs, anything over 1000 units, such as Unclassified
Excavation, carry the next highest even 100 forward to the Detailed Estimate regardless of the last
two digits. For example: 16,206 cubic yards should be carried forward as 16,300 cubic yards.
21,433 cubic yards should be carried forward as 21,500 cubic yards.
4. For ::ntermediate quantities, 100 to 1000 units, such as pavement or pipes carry the next highest even
10 forward. For example: Paving items: 284 tons, use 290 tons
Pipe: 271 LF, use 280 LF.
5. Small quantities of 100 units or less, carry the same total forward unless it contains a decimal.
Where a decimal occurs, use the next highest whole number. For example:
33 cubic yards Class "A" Concrete, use 33 cubic yards.
65.2 square yards. Conc. Approach Slab, use 66 square yards.
6. For quantities of less than I always use I unit. Example: 0.35 mile, use I mile
7. For hybrid quantities with a lump sum pay item, the Detailed Estimate item unit and quantity column
mus1c-be "LUMP". For example, Clearing and Grubbing - Project Number LUMP LUMP.
8. The pay item numbers shall be in numerical order within their respective category. The usual
procedure in making the Detailed Estimate is as follows:
a. Roadway items
b. Drainage items
c. Erosion control - permanent
d. Erosion control - temporary
A-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix "B"
Project Concept and Project Location Map
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX "C"
PRELIMINARY LAYOUT CRITERIA FOR BRIDGES AND WALLS
BRIDGES
1. The CONSULTANT shall gather from the DEPARTMENT all available data and information
~::>ertinent to the preparation of the Preliminary Layouts. The DEPARTMENT will have the final
decision as to what data and information is pertinent.
2. The CONSULTANT shall prepare and submit the Preliminary Layouts for review and approval
by the DEPARTMENT.
3.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare the Preliminary Layouts taking into account the criteria
outlined hereinafter.
4.
Any preliminary superstructure design shall be in accordance with the American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Specifications for Highway Bridges, Sixteenth Edition, 1996.
Structures involving curved steel members shall also be investigated using the AASHTO Guide
Specifications for Horizontally Curved Bridges dated 1993.
5.
All Preliminary Layout computations shall be neatly recorded on 8 1/2 inch by 11 inch
computation sheets, fully titled, numbered, dated, signed by the designer and checker, and
indexed. Preliminary layout drawings may be pencil or ink on mylar having outside dimensions
of 23 inches by 36 inches. Drawing borders of ~ inch will be used at the top, bottom and right
edge. The left border (binding edge) will be 2 inches.
6.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare preliminary layouts utilizing the best and most economical
Buperstructure and substructure. The CONSULTANT shall submit calculations supporting their
economic decision with the preliminary layout submittal.
7.
The CONSULTANT shall outline on each preliminary layout the construction scheme for the
~;tructure. The outline shall address the location of any temporary bents, traffic handling
requirements, deck screeding operations, location of longitudinal and transverse construction
joints in the deck, and any other construction operation which must be accounted for in the
design of the structure.
8.
The CONSULTANT shall consider the use of abutments at the ends of the bridges and shall
make an economic analysis as to the cost effectiveness of their use. If economically justified, the
abutments shall be indicated on the preliminary layouts.
9.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a typical section which shall indicate the following
information:
a. For Steel I-shapes and Prestressed AASHTO girders:
(1) Center to center spacing of girders.
(2) Distance from outside edge of slab to center of exterior girder. This distance
(overhang) shall be limited to a maximum of 4' -7 Y2".
C-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(3) Deck thickness between girders and thickness of centerline of girder from top
surface of deck to top of the flange.
(4) Thickness of the top and bottom flange and depth of web for steel girders and the
type of prestressed girder used for determining vertical clearances.
(5) Distance from gutterline to gutterline and from outside edge of slab to outside edge
of slab.
(6) The slope of the deck and the location of any longitudinal construction joints.
b. For Steel and Concrete Boxes:
(1) Box spacing as measured along the bottom of the deck.
(2) Width of the bottom of the box.
(3) Depth of section used for computing the vertical clearance. Thickness of the deck
between webs and the top and bottom flanges 'of steel boxes shall be indicated as
well as the thickness of deck at the center of the steel box web.
(4) Distance from gutterline to gutterline and from outside edge of slab to outside edge
of slab.
(5) The slope of the deck and location of any longitudinal construction joints.
(6) The overhang dime:nsion shall be shown. (The maximum overhang shall be limited
to a maximum of 4' -7 y;" for steel boxes and 9' -6" for concrete boxes.)
(7) The proposed location of longitudinal prestressing ducts shall be indicated.
10.
Steel boxes shall be proportioned following the AASHTO Guide Specifications for Horizontally
Curved Highway Bridges dated 1993. For those bridges where the use of two steel boxes may be
:proposed, the section will be considered fracture critical and this requirement shall be taken into
account when determining the economics of the section.
11.
In addition to the requirements above, the preliminary layouts shall indicate the following:
a. A plan view of the proposed structure indicating beginning and end bridge stations, skew
angles, joint locations, station and skew of roadways crossing under the structure, width of
roadways beneath the structure, taper control station, offset and rate, location of point of
minimum vertical clearance, and location and magnitude of the horizontal clearances from
edge of travel way beneath the structure to the face of intermediate bents and abutments.
;). An elevation view of the proposed structure indicating the span length, location of fixed and
expansion joints, profile of roadways beneath structures, vertical clearance from bottom of
structure to roadway beneath, proposed bent locations, and existing ground profile.
c. All horizontal and vertical curve data for the bridge and the roadway beneath the bridge.
d. The location and elevation of the nearest bench mark.
e. A brief description of the proposed structure indicating span lengths, curved units, type of
end bents, and number of intermediate bents.
" Any drawing and/or narrative description of the construction scheme necessary to indicate
how the bridge is to be built, including traffic hal}dling sketches.
g. In the case of a railroad bridge, the layout will show the nearest railroad mile post number,
direction, and distance from the bridge centerline.
12.
The minimum vertical clearance from bottom of superstructure to roadway beneath shall be 17'-
6" for concrete boxes and 16'-6" for other types of construction. All horizontal and vertical
dearances and beginning and end bridge stations shall be mathematically computed and checked.
The CONSULTANT shall provide adequate vertical and horizontal clearance for falsework
construction.
C-2
I
I
13.
The CONSULTANT shall prepare a construction cost estimate.
I
RETAINING WALLS
I
I
A. The CONSULT ANT shall prepare the following information for review by the DEPARTMENT:
1. An elevation view or wall envelope of the proposed wall drawn to a scale of 1"0: I 0' and
indicating the following data:
a. Beginning and end wall stations;
I
I
I
I
b. Elevations on top of wall (parapet, coping, or traffic b'arrier) at beginning and end of wall,
at profile break points and at least every 100 feet along the wall;
c. Bottom of wall (top of footing) elevation necessary to maintain mlOlmum berm
requirements;
d. Original ground profile, and
e. Proposed ground profile.
I
2. Cross-sections in the vicinity of the wall that will indicate the existing and final slope behind
the wall.
3. Typical Sections associated wi,th the wall.
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Project Plan and Profile sheets which indicate the following:
a. Limits of right-of-way;
b. Superelevation data;
c. Horizontal and vertical alignment data;
d. Horizontal offsets to face of retaining wall;
e. Location and height of noise walls which may be required near retaining walls;
f. Location and type of overhead signs which may be near retaining walls;
g. Location ofroadway lighting which may be near retaining walls, and
h. Location and size of any drainage structures which will affect the retaining walls.
I
5. Any Sequence of Construction requirements including Plans and Special Provisions which will
affect the construction of the walls and which will have to be accounted for in the preparation
of retaining wall plans.
I
I
C-3
I
I
6. Any architectural considerations which may be required for the project.
I
I
B. The Consultant shall establish top and bottom wall elevations according to the following criteria:
1. The minimum cover from the: proposed ground line to the bottom of the wall (top of footing)
shall be 2 feet. See Figure 1 herein.
2. The maximum slope behind the wall shall be 2 horizontal to 1 vertical. See Figure 2 herein.
I
3. The top elevation of all walls which retain sloping backfills shall be set to provide a drainage
ditch. See Figure 2, Detail A or B, and coordinate the use of the drainage ditch with the
roadway designer.
I
4. The top of wall elevations shall follow smooth curves with no sharp breaks in the profile. Any
changes in the profile that are deemed necessary shall be discussed with the roadway designer.
I
I
5. Where the proposed ground line slopes downward from the front face of the wall, the elevation
of the bottom of the wall (top of footing) shall be set to maintain a minimum 10 foot berm. See
Figure 3 herein.
I
C. TIe Consultant shall meet with thl~ Department to discuss the proposed wall structures. Conceptual
sketches indicating the proposed structures shall be presented and discussed before the preliminary
layout is prepared.
I
D. The Consultant shall submit three sets of preliminary wall plans for the Department's review and
ap:)foval. If necessary, the Consultant shall submit three revised sets of preliminary wall plans to
the: Department. Once approved, the Bridge Office will furnish the data to the Geotechnical
Engineering Bureau for review and any adjustment of Wall Bottom Elevations, and at the same
time, soil investigations will be requested. Also in the request to the Materials Office, the types of
walls being considered for use (Tie-back, Mechanically Stabilized Embankment, Cast-in-place,
etc.) shall be indicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f PROPOSED GROUND LINE
Wb.."''''~
~~!~~~~~...~~~~~~...~.I~~.~__...
TOP OF LEVELING PADL
PROPOSED GROUND LINE
......................... ......
600 OIffi MIN. COVER
FILL SECTION
...........~'ROPOSED
GROUND LINE
ORIGINAL GROUND LINE j. . \PROPOSED GROUND LINE....
'.
.........
........----.......-
TOP OF LEVELING PADL
600 mm MIN. COVER
CUT SECTION
FIGURE I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
""
DET AIL A
~
'IMAX.
2
TOP OF WALL ELEVATION
""
DET AIL B
DRAINAGE DITCH
SEE ROADWAY PLANS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
FIGURE 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f PROPOSED GROUND LINE
W^""~
TOP OF LEVELING PADL
PROPOSED GROUND LINE
I.. 3000 mm MIN. ..I
BERM
13ERM SECTION
FIGURE 3
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX "C-l"
GIDDELINES FOR BRIDGE SURVEYS
BRIDGE SURVEYS
The length of a bridge survey should normally start 1000 feet before the beginning of the bridge, cover
the leng~h of the bridge and extend for 1000 feet beyond the end of the bridge. If a stream lies beneath
the brid.~e, a stream traverse 500 feet upstream and 500 feet downstream, for a total of 1000 feet is
required. If a railroad lies beneath the bridge, a railroad survey for 500 feet on each side of the bridge is
required. If a bridge is over an existing road, a roadway survey for 300 feet on each side of the bridge is
required.
I
A. The following items are needed on a BRIDGE SURVEY WHICH IS OVER A STREAM:
I
1.
I
I
I
2.
3.
I
4.
I
I
I
I
I
I
5.
6.
7.
I
I
I
A Property Survey which covers the roadway alignment and a stream traverse.
Tax maps, property owners names and addresses, deeds and plats are also
required for the Property Survey. The right-of-way should always be verified by
deeds.
Alignment of the existing bridge and also the alignment of the roadway for 1000
feet from each end of bridge. The beginning and ending centerline station
should be established on the ground or pavement along with the beginning and
ending centerline stations of the bridge and any PC's or PT's.
DTM Bridge Survey- To define the right-of-way limits and alignment, take a
shot in the center of the bridge at the BFPR, two shots on each tangent of
centerlines and three shots on each curve centerline.
Topo- Topo should be taken to at least 10 feet beyond the existing right-of-way,
except for the area 500 feet before the beginning of the bridge to 500 feet beyond
the end of the bridge. The coverage in this area normally should be 200 feet left
and right of the centerline of the existing road.
Benchmarks- Three benchmarks are required: One at the beginning of the
survey, one at the bridge or stream site near the right-of-way, and one at the end
of the survey. These three benchmarks should be described with a sketch which
also shows the X, Y, and Z coordinates. All elevations should be established
with a spirit level.
Cross Sections or DTM Survey coverage should have the same limits as the
Topo limits. Elevations along the bridge deck centerline and the gutterlines at
the intersection with the centerline of each bent and at each mid-span should be
established with a SPIRIT LEVEL. See example "A". Adequate plus stations or
DTM shots should be taken to accurately define the profile of the terrain beneath
the bridge, to include endrolls, stream channel banks, stream centerline, scour
and any other breaks in the terrain.
Stream Traverse:- The stream traverse should begin at 500 feet upstream from the
bridge centerline with Station 1+00.00 and then continue downstream to a
station 500 feet below the bridge centerline. A top of water elevation shaH be
taken at the 500 feet upstream, 500 feet downstream, and at the bridge centerline
sites. The topo, profile levels, and cross sections of the stream can be shown
C-l-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
either by the plus and offset method or by the DTM method. Whichever method
is used, sufficient data should be taken to accurately represent the profile of the
stream bed.
8. Floodplain Cross Sections- Two floodplain cross sections are required and
should extend to a point 2 feet above the high water mark that has been
established for the stream at the bridge site. The floodplain elevations are to be
taken at 100 feet intervals on natural ground, preferably between 50 and 100 feet
on each side of the roadway. When floodplain cross sections extend past the
Bridge Survey alignment, the floodplain cross sections should be taken at 500
feet intervals until the 2 feet above high water floodplain has been reached. Five
shots or elevations are needed at each station cross section, one at the centerline
of the road, one on each edge of the pavement and one on natural ground on each
side of the road. Floodplain cross sections may be required for bridges located
within 2000 feet upstream or downstream of the Bridge Survey. On these
bridges the surveyor should always call the Bridge Hydraulic Office to verify the
requirement for floodplain cross sections.
9. Bridge Sketch.. Bridge sketches shall be drawn showing the elevation and
centerline plus the bottom of the bridge beam at each cap. This sketch also
shows the centerline station plus and elevation on all terrain breaks beneath the
bridges. The s:ationing used to show elevations on the bottom of the beam and
the profile of tbe ground beneath the lowest bridge beam shall be the same as the
stationing for the alignment of the bridge deck. On mapping surveys which have
no alignment, the stationing for the bridge sketch shall begin with station 0+00.
See example "E". For structures located upstream or downstream that could
have an adverse affect of the bridge at the survey site, a sketch is required. This
distance could be as much as 2000 feet. For upstream drainage structures
beyond this limit, the size and type should be plotted on a quadrangle map or
county map. See example "C".
10. Overflow Bridges or Culverts within Floodplain- A distance from the bridge
being surveyed to any overflow bridge or culvert that is within it's floodplain
should be shown along with a bridge sketch, the elevation of the deck or size of
the culvert and the flowline elevation.
B.
In summary, the following items are needed for a BRIDGE SURVEY OVER AN EXISTING
ROAD:
1. Property Survey (Same as A-I).
2. Alignment of Existing Bridge and Roadway (Same as A-2).
3. Topo (Same as A-4).
4. Benchmarks (Same as A-5).
5. Profile and Cross Sections or DTM coverage should have the same limits as the Topo
limits. See example "c" for the location of needed elevations on the bridge deck.
6. Roadway Beneath Bridge (The road beneath a bridge for 250 feet left and right of the
bridge requires a complete survey which includes: Alignment, property, topo, profile
levels and cross sections or DTM survey data.
7. Bridge Sketch (A bridge sketch is required. On this sketch it is important to show the
vertical clearance from the bottom of the outside bridge beams to the roadway pavement
C-I-2
I
I
I
at the centerline of the road and at each edge of pavement of the road). See example
Nos. "D" through "H".
C. In summary, the following items are needed for a BRIDGE SURVEY OVER AN EXISTING
RAILROAD:
I
I
I
I
See attached MOG 4465-4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Property Survey (Same as A-I).
Alignment of Existing Bridge and Roadway (Same as A-2).
Topo (Same as A-4).
Benchmarks (Same as A-5).
Profile and Cross Sections or DTM coverage should have the same limits as the topo
limits. See example "e" for the location of needed elevations on the bridge deck.
D. Railroad Beneath Bridge- The railroad beneath the bridge for 500 feet left and right of the
bridge requires a complete survey which includes:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.
Alignment- The alignment of the centerline on the main railroad tracts for 500 feet left
and right of the bridge shall be surveyed. The intersection of the bridge alignment and
the railroad alignment shall be tied to a railroad mile post.
2.
Property
3.
Topo- The topo coverage limit shall be 100 feet left and right on each side of the track.
If the location has multiple tracks, coverage should be 100 feet beyond the centerline of
the outer most track. The location of the existing bridge pilings should be located from
the survey centerline.
4.
Profile Levels and Cross Sections or DTM Survey Data- The profile and cross sections
or DTM survey data shall be taken a minimum of 100 feet each side of the track. If the
location has multiple tracks, coverage shall extend for 100 feet beyond the centerline of
the outer most track. :Elevations are to be taken on the top of each rail. If collecting
elevations in the cross section format, a minimum of five (5) cross sections shall be taken
between the proposed right-of-way limits. One at the proposed right-of-way, one half-
way between the proposed right-of-way and thl? bridge centerline, one at the bridge
centerline and the same for the other side of the bridge. These cross sections will be
taken perpendicular to the railroad track centerline and extend for 100 feet beyond the
centerline of the outer most track.
5.
Drainage- All drainage structures and featur~s within the 1000 feet Railroad Survey shall
be provided.
6.
Bridge Sketch- A bridge sketch is required. On this sketch it is important to show the
vertical clearance from the bottom of the outer most bridge beams to the top of the
railroad rail for each rail beneath the bridge.
C-I-3
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX "c-2"
STRUCTURE TYPE STUDY
This report shall defme, clarify and list the information necessary to produce an acceptable and
reprodu::ible set of contract documents for bridge construction.
I
I. Report Contents: The Structure Type Study when required will establish what alternative(s) will
be carried forward in the Prelirr-inary and Construction Document phases.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a.
Purpose: The Structure: Type Study will consider any number of possible substructure
and superstructure alternatives and will support those options to be carried forward into
subsequent design phases. Cost effective span lengths shall be finalized. This will allow
early start of the geotechnical exploration program.
When alternate design~; are considered, equality between the alternates is essential in
ensuring equitable competition and optimum cost effectiveness. This equality includes
achieving uniformity of design criteria, material requirements and development of unit
costs.
b.
Format: The report shall use 8 Y2" by 11" pages with drawings on larger sheets, if
necessary, but folded to fit the report. The report shall be neatly written and the contents
presented in a logical sequence with narrative, as required, to explain the section
contents. An Executive Summary shall compare the relative features and costs of the
alternates considered and recommend alternate(s) to be carried forward into the
Preliminary Phase.
The Structure Type Sludy should be as self contained as possible by including all
arguments that establish, justify, support, or prove the conclusions. It is acceptable to
make reference to other documents that will be included in the final submittal package:
however, any documentation that will help emphasize a point, support a statement or
clarify a conclusion should be used. Such documentation may include drawings, clear
and concise views, or other such illustrated information that can assist in presenting
design intents and solutions.
c.
Contents: Information other than cost, affecting the selection of an alternate, shall also be
included. This requires timely completion and consideration of geotechnical survey data,
life cycle maintenance, construction time. and staging assumptions, constructibility,
maintenance of traffic, etc. Various methods of handling traffic during construction
should be thoroughly investigated. Data provided by others should be thoroughly
reviewed and if deemed insufficient or in error should be brought to the attention of the
provider. The major items considered shall be:
(I) Span Arrangement" Proportion, and Bridge Length: Column and/or pier locations
are subject to vertical and horizontal clearance requirements. After these
considerations are met, span lengths are governed by economics and aesthetic
considerations.
C-2-1
I
I
I
Piers located in a divided highway median must be protected from traffic when
located within the clear zone. Generally this will be accomplished by guardrail
or concrete banier.
I
Superstructure depths (grade separation structures in particular) shall be kept to
the minimum consistent with good engineering practice. Recommended
depth/span ratios are shown in the AASHTO Bridge specifications.
I
(2) Statical System: The economic and engineering advantage of simple span vs.
continuous spans will be addressed.
I
(3) Superstructure: Consider prestressed concrete girders, steel rolled sections, steel
plate girders, steel or concrete box girders, and other DEPARTMENT approved
sections.
I
(4) Combinations: TI.e above in combination with various foundation types, such as
piles, drilled shafts and/or spread footings. For piles and drilled shafts, assume
size, length, and capacities from available geotechnical information. For spread
footings, allowable bearing pressure should also be assumed from available
geotechnical information.
I
I
(5) Quantity Estimate!.: For minor bridges rough quantities (such as reinforcing steel
based on kilos per cubic meter of concrete) may be sufficient. However, for
major and complex bridges the degree of accuracy may require more exact
calculations keeping in mind that the intent is to establish relative costs between
alternates and not necessarily to the accuracy required for a final estimate. Also,
for major and complex structures it may be necessary to develop unit costs from
an analysis of fabrication, storage, delivery and erection costs.
I
I
I
(6) Unit Costs: Data available from the DEPARTMENT or contractors and suppliers
should be used to arrive at unit costs. The sources of all price data should be
recorded for later reference.
I
(7) Cost Curves: For each alternate establish the most economical span arrangement,
i.e., minimum combined superstructure and substructure cost.
I
2. Aesthetics: Any bridge design cnust integrate three basic elements: efficiency, economy and
elegance. Regardless of size and location, the quality of the structure and its aesthetic attributes
should be carefully considered by the designers.
I
I
A successful bridge design will then be elegant or aesthetically pleasing in and of itself and
compatible with the site by proper attention to form, shapes and proportions. Attention to details
is of primary importance in achieving a continuity of form and lines.
I
The designer must consider the totality of the structure as well as its individual components. A
disregard for this continuity or lack of attention to detail can spoil the best intent. In bridge
aesthetics, the designer is dealing with the basic structure itself; not with enhancement, additions,
or other superficial touches.
I
I
C-2-2
I
I
I
The chaIlenge differs for a major and a minor structure. Indeed, the challenge may be greater the
smaIler the bridge. Major structures, because of their longer spans, taller piers, or curving
geometry offer opportunities not available for minor bridges.
I
Multi-bridge projects, such as interchanges, is an area where aesthetics play an important role
because of their high visibility to a large number of motorists. In this instance, a conformity of
theme and unifying appearance should be created. A void abrupt changes in structural features.
I
The level of aesthetic effort shaIl include an emphasis on fuIl integration of efficiency, economy,
and elegance in all bridge components and the structure as a whole. Consideration should be
given to structural systems that are inherently more pleasing, such as hammerhead or liT" shaped
piers, oval or polygonal shaped columns, piers in lieu of bents, smooth transitions at
superstructure depth change locations, etc. Additional emphasis should be placed on the
surroundings at interchanges where landscaping or unique features need to be considered.
I
I
3. Constructibility and Maintainability: All viable structure concepts shall be evaluated for
constructibility. Items such as member sizes, handling, fabricating, and transporting members,
maintenance of traffic, construction staging, equipment requirements, etc. should be considered.
Special evaluation shall be made to insure against potential problems that may occur in obtaining
permits and equipment to transport long and/or heavy members form point of manufacture to the
project site. Also, considerations for future maintenance inspection shall be taken into account
in the structure's design. Such considerations may include the need for 6 feet minimum
headroom inside steel or concrete box girder superstructures. The intent of this requirement is to
assure that all special construction and maintenance requirements are identified and
appropriately reflected in the consideration of any concept that is to be recommended for design.
I
I
I
I
4. Conclusion and Intent: Following submittal of the Structure Type Study, the DEPARTMENT
should have enough data to select either one or more alternates for development in the next phase
of design.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C-2-3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Exam~e "A"
Bridge Dee Elevations
. PROVIDE DECK ELEVEA TlONS AT B.F.P .RE i BENTS AND
AT MIDSPAN ALONG i BRIDGE AND Gun RUNES
IF BENTS ARE PARALLELS PROVIDE SPAN LENGTHS
(i BENT TO , BENT OR .F.P.R. TO i BENT) ALONG
~BR IDGE.' F BENTS ARE NOT PARALLEL ALSO
P OVIDE SPAN LENGTHS ALONG GUTTERLINES.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
i BENT
r
;BEGIN BRIDGE,
BACK FACE PAVING REST,
<B.P.F .R.)
----0-------.-
--~.
i BRIDGE
--0----------
..
.. IF TWO JOINTS APPROXIMATELY 8 In - 13 In APART ARE
PRESENT AT BRIDGE ENDb THE ONE ADJACENT TO THE
APPROACH SLAB IS THE .:F.P.B.
BRIDGE DA T A FOR WIDENINGS
4 SPAN BRIDGE SHOWN)
APPROACH SLAB
\paul\brdraw.dgn Nov. 17. 1999 16:16:31
t:i
I
- - - -.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Example "B"
Bridae Oneninll Profile
- - -
PROVIDE STATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF BRIDGE OPENING AS
REOUIRED BY ITEMS C2 AND C3 UNDER REQUIRED EXISTING
BRIDGE DATA SECTION.
.
V
I
@
@)
.
~
Q)
TYPICAL SECTION-PROFILE OF BRIDGE OPENING
7:10:44
999
2.
c:\temp\brdraw.dQn Nov.
I
I
I
Example "e"
County Map
I
I
I
,-Z
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DOWNS
I
rove tm
ch
I
IS
I
I
I
I
D-
~
I ,-
-+
(!)
3
D
,-
0'
I a
0
~
h
0
::l
I z
~
:--J
I ~
~
'"
I g
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I~xample "D"
Roadwuy Beneath Bridge
PROVIDE ELEVATIONS ON EACH
EDGE OF TRAVELWAY AT
STATIONS AND HALF STATIONS
FOR A MINIMUM OF 250 ft
ON EACH SIDE OF BRIDGE
CROSSING:
..@-
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.e-
,
,
I
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
~
,
,
,
\
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
TRAVELW"AY
ELEVATIONS ON ROADWAY UNDER BRIDGE
(NEW BRIDGE OR BRIDGE TO BE WIDENED>
D-
- ~ BRIDGE
TRAVEL WAY
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Example "E"
Bridge Over Highway
g PROVIDE VERTICAL CLEARANCE AT EACH
EDGE OF TRAVEL WAY ALONG EACH OUTSIDE
BRIDGE BEAM. FOR DOUBLE BRIDGES
PROVIDE CLEARANCE A T OUTSIDE BEAMS
OF EACH BRIDGE.
I
1.
I
I
I
i
I
I
:s:t - - [ - - -
- - - - - --,
,
- - - - ,
- ,
,
-
~ . . . .
~
-
I -
ELEV A TION
VERTICAL CLEARANCE BRIDGE OVER HIGHWAY
- --
c:\temp\brdraw.dgn Nov. 12. 1999 16:00:47
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Exam{>le "G" .
~nperelevated BrIdge Over Highway
I
n Jl
~
-r-
v ...J W ...J W ....J W
I <l: U <I: U
<l: U U Z
U Z U Z - <I:
- <l: - <l: I- 0::
I- 0: I- 0: 0: <l:
0: <l: 0: <l: W W
W W W W > ...J
> ....J > ...J U
U U
- - -
FINISHED GRADE
UNDER BRIDGE
SUPERELEVATED BRIDGE
---
\temp\brdrow.dgn Nov. 17. 1999 09:04:15
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Example "H"
Bridge Over Highway
STEEL BEAMS CONCRETE BEAMS
[ - ~ I L J
-
Y
-
-.J W -.J W
<t U
U Z <t U
v - <t U Z
I I- 0::: - <t
0::: <t I- 0:::
W W 0::: <t
> -.J W W
> -.J
U, U
- FINISHED . GRA~E
UNDER BRIDG
- -
SINGLE BRIDGE
I
L- - -
c:\temp\brdraw,don Nov. 12. 1999 15:53:30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX "D"
HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES
POLICY
All bridges will be designed to minimize flood hazards, to preserve the ecological systems of wetlands
and to pass the flood across the right of way with due consideration given to the risk to the facility an to
the traveling public.
1. DESIGN CRITERIA
All bridges will be sized to convey the design flood and base flood without causing significant damage to
the highway, the stream or other proper1y. The design flood will be conveyed only through the bridge
opening, while the base (100 year) flood and any floods greater than the design flood may be conveyed
over the roadway and through the bridge opening.
1.1 DESIGN FREQUENCIES AND FREEBOARDS
A. RIVERINE BRIDGE REPI.ACEMENTS/NEW LOCATIONS
1. :nNTERST A TE
a. The design flood shall be the 50 year frequency storm.
b. A minimum of 2 feet of freeboard above the design floodstage is required.
c. A minimum of one foot of freeboard above the 1 OO-year floodstage is required.
2. ROADS DESIGNATED AS STATE ROUTES
a. The design flood shall be the 50 year frequency storm.
b. A minimum of 2 feet of freeboard above the design floodstage is required.
c. A minimum of one foot of freeboard above the 100-year floodstage is required.
3. ROADS NOT DESIGNATED AS STATE ROUTES
a. The design flood will be based on traffic counts as follows:
DESIGN TRAFFIC (ADT)
FREQUENCY
MINIMUM DESIGN STORM
o - 1 00
100 - 400
400 - 1500
Over 1500
5 Year
1 0 Year
25 Year
50 Year
D-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
b. A minimum of 2 feet of freeboard above the design floodstage is required.
c. One foot of freeboard above the I OO-year (base) flood is desirable.
d. A minimum of one fi)ot of freeboard above the roadway overtopping floodstage.
NOTE: APPROVAL MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE HYDRAULIC ENGINEER
IF THE PROPOSED SUP:ERSTRUCTURE DOES NOT CLEAR THE 100 YEAR
FLOODSTAGE.
4. FREEBOARD FOR ROAD SUBGRADES
To protect the pavement, road subgrades should be one foot above the design highwater
level.
5. ADDITIONAL DESIGN FREQUENCY AND FREEBOARD
CONSIDERATIONS
a. The storms mentioned above are minimum design storms. The actual design storm
can have a greater design frequency based on the engineer's discretion.
b. If the bridge site is affected by abnormal floodstages, the bridge will provide
freeboard above the abnormal floodstage and be designed for a velocity that occurs
without the effects of the abnormal floodstage.
c. If the bridge is over one of the major lakes or reservoirs where there is boat traffic,
the grade should be set so that there is a minimum of 8 feet of freeboard above the
maximum operating pool.
d. If debris is a problem at the site, the engineer may, at his discretion, increase the
above-required minimum clearances.
A. TIDAL BRIDGE REPLACEMENTS/NEW LOCATIONS
NOTE: CONTACT THE HYDRAULIC BRIDGE ENGINEER FOR DESIGN
CRITERIA FOR TIDAL PROJECTS.
1.2
DISCHARGES
The latest version of the USGS publication, "Techniques for Estimating Magnitude and
Frequency of Floods in Rural basins of Georgia" sha1l be used in calculating the various
storm discharges at the project site. The regional flood frequency relations and
applicable gage data shall be utilized as shown in this publication. In addition to the
above named publication, the USGS also has a publication, "Annual Peak Discharges
and Stages for Gauging Stations in Georgia" which contains the various storm discharges
at the gauged sites. When applicable, the USGS publication, "Flood-Frequency
Relations for Urban Streams in Georgia" sha1l be used in calculating the various storm
discharges for urban streams.
D-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.7
I
I
I
I
I
1.3
CALIBRATION OF COMPUTER MODEL
When a USGS gage i5 located at or near the bridge site, flood stages to calibrate the
computer model can be obtained from the USGS regional office in Atlanta. In addition,
if in the engineer's judgement, reliable highwater information at or near the site is
available and the flood frequency of the applicable storm can be determined, the model
can be calibrated using this information.
1.4
BACKWATER
a.
The 100-year backwater shall be limited to one foot above the unrestricted or natural
1 OO-year profile.
b.
In addition to the above limitations, bridges located within areas covered by a FEMA
regulatory floodway will be sized to satisfy FEMA requirements. See Section D,
"FLOODW A Y - FLOODPLAIN REQUIREMENTS".
c.
Development and/or existing flooding conditions in the upstream floodplain shall be
considered in all cases.
1.5
FLOW VELOCIllIES
Flow velocities within the bridge opening should be limited to minimize scour in the
overbank portion of the opening. Acceptable stream channel and overbank velocities
may be determined by comparison with the natural velocities and existing bridge
velocities, along with any scour problems, or lack thereof, at the existing structure. The
type of soil at the site (highly erodible or not) should be considered. Box culverts
should be sized with acceptable flow velocities to minimize potential scour.
1.6
BRIDGE SCOUR
A scour analysis will be performed for all bridges, using the methods in the latest version
ofHEC-18. General contraction and local (pier) scour calculations shall be performed.
The design flood for scour shall be the 100 year or overtopping flood if it is less than or
equal to the 100 year flood. Scour should also be computed for the 500 year flood, or the
overtopping flood ifit is greater than the 100 year flood and less than the 500 year flood.
BRIDGE ABUTMENT PROTECTION
Spillthrough type abutment type endrolls with a 2: I slope normal to the end bent are
normally used for new bridges. Riprap protection for these endrolls shall be sized using
the method shown in tte latest version of HEC-18. The 100 year flood should be used
for this design. This riprap protection shall be entrenched 2 feet below the ground line
and extend 2 feet above the 100-year floodstage elevation. The riprap protection shall be
extended a minimum distance of 20 feet beyond the end of the wingwalls. A riprap
apron, with a width equal to twice the 100 year storm flow depth in the overbank area,
from a minimum width of 10 feet to a maximum of 25 feet, shall be used to protect the
endroll toes. The depth of riprap at the endrolls is normally 2 feet. The Department of
Transportation uses two sizes of rip rap: Type 1 riprap has a D50 of 1.14 feet and Type 3
riprap has a D50 of 0.64 feet. Plastic filter fabric is placed under the riprap.
D-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.8 GUIDE BANKS (SPUR DIKES)
Guide bank calculations shall be performed as shown in the latest version of HEC-20 and
shaH be based on the] 00 year flood. A guide bank shall not be built where the required
length is less than 150 feet. Based on FHW A recommendations, the GDOT policy is to
build a maximum length guide bank of 150 feet. The engineer, at his discretion, may
specify a longer guide bank.
1.9 DETOUR STRUCTURES
a. Detour structures should be sized, where required, to maintain traffic during the new
construction. The detour structure may be a bridge; extension of a proposed culvert, or
corrugated metal pipes. The detour structure is sized to convey the to-year storm, and is
recommended to be placed downstream of the proposed bridge site. The detour bridge
superstructure shall clear the 10 year floodstage elevation. Traffic can also be
maintained, in certain Gases, by stage construction of the proposed bridge.
b. Detour structures in tidal areas are to be sized based on the engineer's judgement. The
minimum size should be based on the high tide flow conditions.
2. HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES
2.1 METHODSIPROCEDURES - ALL RIVERINE BRIDGE PROJECTS
NOTE: The following ml~thods/procedures are for bridge replacements, widenings and
parallelings unless othenvise noted.
A. The following hydraulic computer models are approved by the GDOT to be utilized when
tidal flow is not present:
1. The Federal Highway Administration (FHW A) computer model 'WSPRO';
2. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers computer model 'HEC-RAS'. This model shall be
used with the 'WSPRO' bridge routine option;
3. The 'FESWMS' computer model. This model shall be used in cases where there is a
large amount of two-dimensional flow. Cases where this program shall be utilized
include, a skewed crossing of a wide floodplain, a wide floodplain requiring multiple
bridges, or if there is 3ignificant lateral flow in the vicinity of the bridge, such as close
proximity to a meander bend, or a stream junction immediately upstream;
NOTE: OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE HYDRAULIC ENGINEER BEFORE
USING 'FESWMS'.
4. For bridge sites with a drainage area of 20 square miles or less, a box culvert altemate
must be considered. Two culvert computer models are accepted; 1) The FHWA 'HY-8'
computer model for box culverts shall be used in conjunction with the 'WSPRO'
computer model; and 2) The 'HEC-RAS' computer model;
5. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers computer model 'HEC-2' shall only be used in
modeling the regulatory floodways for the required coordination with FEMA. 'HEC-
RAS' can be utilized to duplicate/model the floodway and profile runs if acceptable by
FEMA.
D-5
I
I
I
I
B. Investigate the flood history of the stream. Sources for this information include, but are not
limited to:
I
I. USGS gage records;
2. Existing bridge and maintenance files;
3. Previous studies done by the DOT, Corp of Engineers, FEMA and the USGS;
4. Information from local residents;
5. Information from the local community;
6. Information from local Department personnel;
7. Hydraulic Engineering Field Report.
I
C. Investigate the bridge site scour history. Some sources of information are:
I
1. The bridge inspection and maintenance files;
2. A comparison of the original bridge plan and profile with the currently surveyed profile;
3. Aerial photographs taken over as long a time span as available. Based on this
information, an indication of the long-term channel stability and aggradation or
degradation can be estir.1ated. An evaluation of the performance of the existing bridges
can also be made.
4. For bridge widenings and parallelings only: A bridge condition survey for the existing
bridge shall be requested from the Office of Maintenance, along with a bridge deck
condition survey from the Office of Materials and Research (Forest Park Lab). These
surveys will recommend any needed repairs to the existing bridge, or if the repairs are
extensive, will recommend the replacement of the existing structure. These
recommendations shall be incorporated into the preliminary bridge layout and study.
I
I
I
I
D. Hydrology:
I
1. Using USGS topographic maps, determine the boundaries of the drainage basin and
measure the area. Determine the land usage from aerial photography, topographic maps,
and a site visit;
2. The latest version of the USGS publication, "Techniques for Estimating Magnitude and
Frequency of Floods in Rural basins of Georgia" shall be used in calculating the various
storm discharges at the project site. The regional flood frequency relations and
applicable gage data shall be utilized as shown in this publication. In addition to the
above named publication, the USGS also has a publication, "Annual Peak Discharges
and Stages for Gauging Stations in Georgia" which contains the various storm discharges
at the gauged sites. When applicable, the USGS publication, "Flood-Frequency
Relations for Urban Streams in Georgia" shall be used in calculating the various storm
discharges for urban streams;
3. The hydraulic slope iE: at the site is normally determined by use of the USGS
topographical sheets and/or the surveyed water surface elevations taken 500 feet
upstream and downstream and at the centerline of the crossing;
4. If the drainage area contains significant storage volume upstream of the project site, the
runoff must be determined by developing unit hydro graphs and routing the various
floods through the basin taking into account the storage.
I
I
I
I
I
E. Site Inspection:
I
I
D-6
I
I
I
I
1. Evaluate the stream characteristics and hydraulic properties, evaluate the performance of
the existing bridge (if applicable), evaluate the channel and floodplain geometrics, and
evaluate the adequacy and accuracy of the survey data;
I
2. Possible flooding problems of buildings and other structures in the floodplain should be
identified;
3. Any existing scour problems should be noted;
4. Any possible channel migration should be noted;
5. Bridge sites immediately upstream and downstream of the project site along the same
stream should be visited and the performance of the structures evaluated.
I
F. Hydraulic Analysis:
I
1. The hydraulic computl~r model shall be used to determine the existing and proposed
conditions at the site. The 2 year, 10 year, design year, 100 year and 500 year or
overtopping storm shall be modeled for the project site. The design flood shall be
conveyed through the bridge opening, while floods greater than the design flood may be
conveyed over the roadway and through the bridge opening. The 2 year flood is modeled
for Corp permit purposes. The 10 year storm is used to size the detour structure;
2. If the drainage area i~; less than 20 square miles, a box culvert alternate should be
analyzed. The natura:! or unrestricted highwater profiles should be developed using
'WSPRO' or 'HEC-lUlS'. Two culvert computer models are accepted; I)The FHWA
'HY-8' computer model; and 2) The 'HEC-RAS' computer model;
3. If the project is within a FEMA regulatory floodway, see Section D, "Floodway -
Floodplain Requirements".
I
I
I
I
G. Design of Bridge
Bridge Replacements
a. Establish the orientation of the bridge substructure by determining the flood flow angle.
This should be based on topographic maps, aerial photographs and the site
inspection. If 'FESWMS' is used, it will compute the velocity vectors, which will
show the flood flow angle directly;
b. Spill through abutment -:ype endrolls with a 2: I slope normal to the end bent are normally
used for new bridges. The toe of the bridge endrolls shall be placed a minimum of
10 feet back from :he creek bank or at a point '10 feet back from where a 2:1 slope
from the bottom of the creek bank inters~cts the groundline in the overbank,
whichever is greater;
c. Set the span lengths for the bridge. The span over the channel should be set first. If
practical, the channel should be completely spanned. The substructure should be set
far enough back of the channel banks so that the banks will not be broken down
during construction;
d. At sites where the bridge bent heights are acceptable and subsurface conditions are
suitable, pile bents are normally used. Concrete reinforced 'T' - beam superstructure,
with spans of 30 feet or 40 feet, is used with this substructure;
e. At sites where the bridge bents are too high for pile substructure, or the subsurface
conditions warrant, or there is a debris problem, or a long span is required, concrete
intermediate bents with footings are typically used. Spans longer than 40 feet
normally use cast-in-place concrete bents;
f. At sites where intermediate bents have to be located within the stream channel, the bents
should align with the stream channel flow. If pile bents are located within the stream
channel or at the channel banks, they should not be tower bents;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D-7
I
I
I
I
g. For ease of structural design and repetition in fabrication, the use of equal span lengths
are recommended while following sound hydraulic design practice;
h. The bridge superstructure shall meet the clearance requirements specified in the Design
Criteria section.
Bridge Widenings and Parallelings
I
a. In general, the above recommendations (G.l) for bridge replacements apply where
applicable;
b. The first choice for the widening and/or paralleling of an existing bridge is to
approximate the existing bottom of beam elevation, span lengths and bent skew.
Some common complications and solutions are as follows:
1) If the bridge widening is significant and the existing bents do not align with the
flood and/or channel flow, the widened bents can be skewed to match the flood
and/or channel flow. The parallel bridge bents can be skewed to match the
flood/channel flow;
2) The span arrangement for the parallel bridge can be varied from the existing
bridge to adhere to the recommendations in G.l.
3) If the existing bottom of beam elevation does not provide the required clearance
over the desigrl year and 100 year floods and/or the backwater/velocity/scour
values yield va:lues which indicate that a longerlhigher structure is needed, the
following steps should be taken:
a) The bridge history should be checked out. The maintenance records should
be reviewed for any past or existing scour problems at the site. In addition,
the Hydraulic Engineering Field Report should indicate any existing
flooding and/or scour problems. The engineer should perform a site
inspection to observe any existing or proposed problems;
b) If no scour or flooding problems exist and the potential for any significant
problems seems low, the engineer can opt to widen! parallel in-kind with no
major changes;
c) If there is evidence of flooding and/or scour problems, or if the
widening/paralleling is so significant that the calculations indicate that a
longer/higher structure(s) is required, or that the existing foundations are
inadequate, then the engineer must make the necessary adjustments to the
existing structure until satisfied that it is hydraulically sufficient. These
options can include replacing the existing structure.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c. It is desirable for the proposed widened and/or parallel bridge endrolls to clear the
creek channel by the minimum distance specified in G.l.b. If this clearance cannot
be achieved by widening or paralleling in-kind, the following options should be
considered:
1) For a bridge widening, the widened end bent(s) can be skewed away from the
stream channel;
2) The proposed widened and/or parallel bridge(s) can be lengthened, placing the
end bent(s) farther away from the stream channel to obtain this clearance;
I
I
I
I
d. The possibility of replacing the existing bridge with a more cost effective structure
should be checked if:
I) The computer model and various hydraulic calculations indicate that the existing
bridge is oversized;
I
D-8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2) Extensive repairs to the existing bridge are required;
3) The existing bridge has steel beam superstructure.
NOTE: OBTAIN APlPROV AL FROM THE HYDRAULIC ENGINEER BEFORE
REPLACING THE EXISTING BRIDGE.
0-9
I
I
Bridge Box Culverts
I
I
In general, box culverts are placed at sites which have favorable floodplain conditions,
which include, a well-defined creek channel and a site that is not likely to accumulate silt
in the culvert barrels. For this reason, culverts are not normally placed in swampy areas
or sites that are frequently affected by abnormal stage conditions. The culvert width is
normally set by matching the width of the stream channel and is designed to flow full for
the design year and 100 year storms. A Georgia standard size and skew box culvert
should be used if possible.
I
I
H. Scour Analysis
I
1. A scour analysis will be performed for all bridges, using the methods in the latest version
of HEC-18. HEC-20 should also be consulted. General contraction and local (pier) scour
calculations shall be performed. The design flood for scour shall be the 100 year or
overtopping flood if it is less than or equal to the 100 year flood. Scour should also be
computed for the 500 year flood, or the overtopping flood if it is greater than the 100 year
flood and less than the 500 year flood;
I
I
2. One of the primary scour areas is abutment scour. This is due to insufficient bridge
opening or a large discharge in the overbank: area. Guide banks (Spur dikes) should be
considered for protection against this type of scour. All bridge abutments shall be
protected for scour by riprap. The proposed bridge opening(s) should be sized to minimize
the possibility of abutment scour;
I
I
3. If the bridge is located in or near a channel bend, the possibility of channel migration is
increased. Placing the bridge foundations deep enough to withstand the possible migration
and channel scour is recommended. The bridge abutments should be placed far enough
back so that any channel migration would not reach them during the lifetime of the bridge,
75 years at a minimum. Channel stabilization should be considered utilizing the methods
in HEC-20.
I
I
I
1. Cost Analysis
Cost estimates should be performed for all proposed drainage structure alternates. The most
cost effective, hydraulically adequate, alternate should be chosen.
I
J. Risk Assessment
When the bridge hydraulic design is selected, a risk assessment will be performed to
determine if a more economical design approach should be considered. The risk assessment
involves answering a series of questions that will determine the need for a risk analysis. See
Risk Assessment charts.
I
I
K. Channel Changes.
For both bridges and culverts it may be desirable in some instances to construct a channel
change to improve the hydraulic performance of the structure. Several considerations must
be made. Environmental resource agencies object highly to channel changes. They require
extensive mitigation for channel changes. Channel changes are to be avoided if at all
possible.
In the rare instances that a channel realignment is required and used, the change and effects
must be reflected in the appropriate hydraulic computer model.
I
I
D-IO
I
I
I
I
I
NOTE: DUE TO APPROVAL PROBLEMS WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL
RESOURCE AGENCIES, THE HYDRAULIC ENGINEER WILL ONLY CONSIDER
CHANNEL CHANGES FOR EXTREME CONDITIONS.
I
I
I
I
L. Preliminary Bridge Layout.
Information to be shown on the preliminary bridge layout includes but is not limited to the
following:
1. A plan and elevation view of the proposed bridge. The existing bridge location is shown
on the plan view, and if any of the existing bridge and roadway fill is within the
proposed bridge opening, this fill is shown as fill to be removed;
2. The approximate original ground line should be shown in the elevation view;
3. Historic highwater (Flood of Record) data including: elevation of highwater, date of
occurrence and source of data;
4. Design highwater elevation, 100 year highwater elevation, and the 500 year or
overtopping highwater devation. The highwater elevation should include the backwater
produced;
5. Hydrology Data:
a. Drainage area at site;
b. Storm discharges for the design year, 100 year and 500 year or overtopping
floods;
c. Areas of opening below the design year, 100 year and 500 year or overtopping
floods;
d. Mean flow velocities through the bridge opening for the design year, 100 year
and 500 year or overtopping floods;
6. Scour table showing fne general contraction, local (pier) and total calculated scour
depths for the 100 year and 500 year or overtopping storms. The profile of the 500 year
or overtopping storm theoretical scour line shall be shown on the bridge elevation view;
7. An endroll riprap detail at the end bents;
8. A berm elevation table. This table reflects the proposed berm elevations at the left and
right edges of the bridge. A note should be placed under this table that states ' For
bridge endroll staking purposes only;
9. A 'Bridge Consists or table which includes the length, type and number of
superstructure spans; the number and type of substructure bents; the depth and type of
riprap at the endrolls; length of guide banks (spur dikes); type and size of detour
structure.
10. Proposed grade data;
11. Horizontal curve data;
12. Benchmark data;
13. Traffic data;
14. Utiliti<es, existing and proposed;
15. Design data, e.g. 'MS -18 and/or military loading.. .impact allowed'.
16. A typical section if stage constructed. A construction sequence is required if stage
constructed;
17. Notes which specify tr.e minimum bottom of proposed beam elevation; the proposed
deck cross slope or superelevation;
18. North arrow;
19. Flow direction arrow;
20. Destination arrows.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D-l1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2 METHODS/l)ROCEDURES -- ALL TIDAL BRIDGE PROJECTS
NOTE: CONTACT THE HYDRAULIC BRIDGE ENGINEER FOR
METHODSfPROCEDURES FOR TIDAL PROJECTS.
3. CONTENTS OF HYDRAULIC AND HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES
A. Cover Sheet.
The following information shall be shown:
1. Project number, PI number, Route and stream name;
2. Statement whether coordination with FEMA is required;
3. Signed and dated. Note: For consultant projects, the Hydraulic Study shall be
stamped and signed by a registered Professional Engineer.
B. Hydraulic and Hydrological Report.
Include the description of the project, the alternates considered, the methods of analysis,
and the conclusions for the site.
C. Site Inspection.
A site inspection shall be performed with the results included in the study.
I
D. Scour Report.
The report shall include but shall not be limited to the following:
1. Scour Table: Show the general contraction, local (pier) and total scour for the 100
and 500 year (or overtopping) storm at each intermediate bent;
2. ShDw the general scour calculations for the stream channel and overbanks;
3. Show the local (pier) scour calculations for each intermediate bent.
I
I
I
I
I
I
E. Hydraulic Table.
Tables showing the hydraulic values for the existing and proposed conditions along with
any applicable alternates. Included are the floodstages at the bridge and the
unconstricted and constricted floodstages at the upstream approach section. Areas of
opening under floodstage, discharge through the bridge and over the roadway, channel
and mean velocities through the bridge, and backwater values. The two year floodstage
elevation, along with tr.e design year and 100 year storm natural (unconstricted) channel
velocities should be shown on this sheet. If the site is affected by abnormal floodstages,
separate tables should be shown for the stream floods and abnormal floods.
F. Drainage Calculations.
Discharge calculations and hydraulic slope determination shall be shown.
G. Copies of Gage Data used (or other supporting data).
I
H. Sub-Area Property Calculations.
Using the computer model, show channel and overbank discharges, velocities and areas
for the design storm, 100-year storm, and 500 year (or overtopping) storm.
I. Guide Bank (Spur Dike) Calculations.
I
J. Riprap Cailculations.
K. Hydraulic Engineering Field Report.
I
D-12
I
I
I
L. Cost Comparison.
Cost estimates of the alternate drainage structures shall be included in the study.
M. Risk Assessment Sheet.
I
I
N. Clearance Determination.
Show the proposed bottom of beam clearance over the design year and 100 year
floodstage elevations. If abnormal floodstages are present, clearances should also be
shown over the respective abnormal floodstage elevations.
I
O. Roadway Plan Sheets.
Half-size copies of the plan and profile sheets, along with the typical section sheet shall
be included. Note: If th,e proposed drainage structure is a box culvert, a sketch of the
culvert placement should be shown on the applicable plan and profile sheet.
I
I
:Po Preliminary Bridge Layout.
A half.size copy shall be included.
Q. County Location Map.
I
R. USGS Quadrangle Map.
I
S. Charts, tables and graphs.
Many of the hydraulic computer models have capabilities to show and/or clarify results
utilizing these methods.
I
I
I
T. Computer Data.
Input :and Output of the hydraulic computer model for the following:
1. Existing and propose:d conditions;
2. Applicable alternate~;; and
3. Detour structure (if applicable).
NOTE: In addition, a computer disk with the required computer runs shall be provided if
done by a consultant.
I
U. Flood Insurance Study Information.
If the site is located within a FEMA regulatory floodway, the following information is
required to be placed within the study:
1. An explanation of any required modification and/or corrections to the floodway
model;
2. The floodway map with the site marked and any modification delineated;
3. Floodway data '~ables for the existing (published), base and proposed conditions;
4. Flood profile and flood way run input;
5. Consultant projects shall also include the flood profile runs for the 10, 50, 100 and
500 year storms. The 100 year floodway run is also required.
I
I
I
4. FLOODW A Y -FLOODPLAIN REQUlREMENTS
I
All floodplain crossings must meet the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
regulation requirements. The GADOT adheres to the guidelines set forth in the Federal Highway
Administration's Federal-Aid Policy Guide, 23 CRF 650A, September 30, 1992, Transmittal 5,
I
D-13
I
I
I
"Procedures For Coordinating Highway Encroachments On Floodplains With Federal Emergency
Management Agency".
I
All bridges within the State fall into one of the following five categories concerning Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) involvement:
I
A. If the stream is a designated floodway, the structure should be designed, if practical, so that
the bridge approaches will not encroach on the regulatory floodway;
B. If the stream is a designated floodway, and encroachment on the regulatory floodway is
necessary, the structure should be designed, if practical, so that there will be no change in the
100 year flood elevations, floodway elevations, and floodway widths at any cross section.
This is considered a "No Rise" project. A signed and .sealed "No Rise" certification by a
registered professional engineer is required. If this criterion is met, two original sets of
supporting documentation should be prepared. One set is for submission to the affected
Community, and one set is :for GA DOT's records;
C. If the stream is a designated floodway, and encroachment on the regulatory floodway is
necessary, and the above criterion in (B) is not met, then the floodway will be adjusted to
meet the requirements of the local community and FEMA. The Professional Certification
Form required by FEMA is to be completed, and signed and sealed by a registered
professional engineer. In this case, three original sets of supporting documentation should be
prepared. One set is for submission to the affected Community, one set is for submission to
FEMA, and one set is for GADOT's records;
D. For bridges in areas not in a designated floodway, but covered by Flood Insurance Maps, the
bridge will be sized to limit the backwater to no more than a 1 foot increase in the existing
100 year (base) flood elevation;
E. For bridges which are outside of National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) communities or
NFIP identified flood hazard areas, the bridge should be sized using the GADOT guidelines
and policies.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. REQUIRED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
A. A copy of the original HEC-2 computer floodway run.
B. A copy of the original HEC-2 computer run with the 10, 50, 100 and 500 year highwater
profiles.
C. A copy of the HEC-2 base computer flood way run for the existing conditions using the
original floodway data with any required modifications/additions.
D. A copy of the HEC-2 base computer run for the existing conditions showing the 10, 50, 100
and 500 year highwater profiles using the modified data.
E. A copy of the HEC-2 computer flood way run reflecting the proposed conditions.
F. A copy of the HEC-2 computer run for the 10, 50, 100 and 500 year highwater profiles for
the proposed construction. .
G. Note: Three computer disks with the required HEC-2 computer runs shall be provided if
done by a consultant.
H. A copy of the published flood way map and the published highwater profiles. The revised
floodway boundaries, if any, should be shown on the floodway map.
I. Floodway tables showing the existing, base (modified/corrected existing), and proposed
conditions.
J. A detailed explanation of the results of the flood way calculations.
K. A set of the proposed roadway plans and the preliminary bridge layout.
L. This documentation must be signed and sealed by a registered Professional Engineer if done
by a consultant.
I
I
I
I
I
I
D-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NaTE: 'HEC-RAS' can be utilized to duplicate/model the floodway and profile runs if acceptable
by FEMA.
D-15
I
I
I
APPENDIX "E"
ADnITIONAL DESIGN CRITERIA FOR BRIDGES AND WALLS
I
BRIDGES
I
A. MISCELLANEOUS
1. All reinforcing steel shall be ASTM Grade 60.
2. Concrete shall have a minimum 28 day strength of 3500 psi (Class AA Concrete) m the
superstructure and 3000 psi (Class A Concrete) in the substnicture.
3. All bridges shall be grooved in accordance with Section 500 of the Standard Specifications.
4. Column ties shall be arranged in such a manner as to accommodate at least a 6 inch tremie so that
proper concrete placement will be facilitated.
5. Do not detail construction joints in columns less than 30 feet in height.
6. A future asphalt paving allowance of 30 pounds per square foot shall be included in the design of
all bridges.
7. Edge beams are to be designed and detailed where the deck slab is discontinuous, and shall
extend a minimum of 18 inches below the top beam flange. Slab transverse and longitudinal
reinforcing steel is to be brought to the edge of the slab and the top mat of edge beam bars shall
be below the bottom of the deck. Do not use truss-shaped bars in the edge beam. Extend stirrups
from edge beam into slab.
8. All construction plans and documents designed, detailed and furnished by consulting firms for
Department use shall bear a valid Professional Engineer stamp. All plans submitted to the
Department fl)r review shall have been checked by the Consultant prior to submission.
9. The bridge deck slabs for all bridges shall be designed usi~g the slab design charts of Figure No.
1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10. Every reasonable effort shall be made by the designer to arrive at the most economical structure.
The Consultant shall also consider construction problems and difficulties, in particular the use of
cofferdams and seals. The Consultant shall meet and discuss economic considerations and
construction staging and requirements with the Department prior to final design.
11. The maximum batter on piling shall be 4 horizontally on 12 vertically.
12. The minimum size PSC pile shall be 14 inches square.
13. Pile spacing shall conform to Subsection 4.5.15.11 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for
Highway Bridges.
I
I
I
I
E-l
I
I
I
14. Construction plans prepared by the Consultant for bridges sha1l contain all dimensions, notes,
and details necessary for a Contractor to prepare a bid and construct the structure. Construction
plans shall contain the fo1lowing minimum sheets:
(a.) Plan and Elevation sheets,
(b.) General Notes sheets,
(c.) Deck Plan sheets,
(d.) Deck Cross-Section sheets,
(e.) Bearing assembly sheets,
(f.) Beam or Box Elevation and Section sheets,
(g.) Miscellaneous Beam sheets,
(h.) Framing Plan and Substmcture Layout sheets,
(i.) End Bent sheets,
(j.) Intermediate Bent sheets,
(k.) As Built Foundation sheets, and
(1.) Bar Bending Detail sheets.
Additional sheets may be necessary to show the details required for construction and shall be
provided by the Consultant at no additional cost when deemed necessary by the Department.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The Deck Cross-section sheets, sha1l contain one full-width section across the structure which
indicates, at least, all the horizontal dimensions necessary to construct the bridge. If the structure
is to be stage constructed, or if an existing bridge is involved with the new structure, there sha1l
be sufficient deck cross-sections prepared to indicate the staging, location of the existing
structure and location of any temporary barriers on the structure. Deck cross-sections shall be
prepared indicating the deck, barrier, sidewalk and parapet reinforcing for as many locations as
are necessary to show all the deck reinforcing. . Deck cross-sections shall also be drawn
indicating edge beams, backwalls, diaphragms or cross-frames, end frames, and end wa1ls.
Cross-sections shall be cut radially across the structure.
I
I
I
I
I
The Deck Plan shall contain all longitudinal and transverse dimensions necessary to construct the
bridge as well as indicate reinforcing bar numbers and sizes, edge beam width, expansion joint
widths, backwall or end wa1l locations, location of construction and expansion joints, and any
other items that are necessary to construct the structure.
I
I
A1l details except those shown on beam or box elevation sheets sha1l be drawn to scale. Deck
cross-section and intermediate bent sheets shall be drawn, "Looking Ahead". If the end bents are
drawn separately, bent one shall be "Looking Back", and the other end bent shall be drawn
"Looking Ahead".
I
E-2
I
I
I
}>lans shall be neatly drawn and professionally prepared. Plans shall be fully checked by the
Consultant for completeness of content and accuracy before submittal to the Department for
review. All details shown in the Plans shall be clear. The Consultant shall meet with the
Department and discuss how the plans will be prepared prior to beginning drafting on the
Project. The Department will have the final say as to how a Project is to be drawn and will have
the right to require additional drawings at no increase in Contract cost.
15. The Consultant shall review the Bridge Foundation Investigation report prepared by the
Department for any possible en'ors or omissions prior to formalizing the design of the Project.
Any discrepancies shall be brought to the Department's attention for resolution.
16. The Consultant shall provide for the installation of utilities on bridges as required. The
Department shall furnish the Consultant with the information regarding the utilities. The
installation of the utilities shall be considered in staging the construction of the bridges.
17. The Consultant shall determine the vertical and lateral clearances and bridge end stations for all
bridge site by mathematical ca.lculation. The Liaison Engineer for the Department shall be
notified of any discrepancies. All discrepancies shall be reconciled before the Consultant
proceeds with construction plan:; development.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. STAY IN PLACE FORMS
1. Provide the following non-composite dead loads to account for metal stay-in-place forms:
a. Main deck reinforcing normal to centerline of Bridge- 9.25 Ibs./sq. ft.
b. Main deck reinforcing skewed to centerline of Bridge - 16 Ibs./sq. ft.
Do not show on plans any reference for additional weight due to stay in place forms.
2. When designing composite prestressed concrete beam bridges, neglect one inch of the bottom
,~f the slab thickness for all strength calculations. Where applicable ~ inch of the top of the slab
3hall also be neglected for strength calculations. The one inch and the 1f4 inch thickness shall be
:included in the dead load calculations.
3. During review of shop detail drawings for prestressed concrete deck panels, the Consultant
shall ask the Supplier to send sepia sheets of the panel location plans and details of all revised
bar reinforcement at the time the Supplier sends the final sets of drawings to the Department for
distribution. The Department shall revise the bridge,plans to include the sepias and make proper
distribution to all holders of plans so that a record will be made of the change in slab design and
construction.
4. For cast-in-place or precast concrete superstructure stringer construction, the Consultant shall
investigate the designed deck thickness to determine if prestressed concrete deck panels will
work without adding additional thickness to the slab. If additional slab thickness is required, the
Consultant shall make a check of the beams to determine if the extra dead load will cause any
overstress. If the extra dead load adversely affects the beams, a note shall be placed in the Plan
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E-3
I
I
I
I
and Elevation sheet prohibiting the use of prestressed concrete deck panels for the entire span or
structure.
I
C. PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS
1. Anchorage beds are set for horizontal and vertical strand patterns of two inch center to center.
Detail all straight and draped strands on two inch spacings.
2. All plans shall show a minimum design release strength.
3. Place the following note on plans:
"Shop drawings shall show the details of lifting devices embedded in beam ends."
Check shop drawings to verify rhat lifting devices extend to near the bottoms of beams so that the
weight of the beam will not cause tension stresses at the junction of the web and top flange.
4. To prevent cracking at beam ends, provide the minimum amount of reinforcing steel at beam ends as
required by AASHTO in Article 9.21.
5. Detail beam lengths to 1/16 inch increments and state on plans that lengths are horizontal
dimensions for in place beams and that the Fabricator shall adjust lengths for grade and
fabrication effects such as shrinkage and elastic shortening.
6. Place the following note on the plans:
"The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings showing complete details of beams including the
following:
a. Non-prestressed reinforcement,
b. The method of retaining depressed strands in place,
c. Calculations for determination of the strand elongation required to produce the specified
pretensioning force, and detensioning schedule, and
e. Calculations for the determination of casting length."
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. STEEL GIRDERS
I. All steel utilized in steel girders shall be ASTM designation A 709 Grade 36 or 50.
2. Main load carrying members subject to tension shall be indicated in the Plans and shall meet the
Charpy V -notch test requirements found in the Standard Specifications.
3. When designing for fatigue, all welds shall be Category C or better as defined by the AASHTO
Specifications.
4. TIle Electro-slag welding process is not allowed for construction of bridges in Georgia. The
Consultant shall not design this welding process into- any structure.
5. Fer girder webs 6 feet or greater in depth, safety handrailing must be provided. Details of the
handrailing must be included 0:1 the Plans.
6. Web stiffeners shall be provided no closer than 6 inches from web splices. Web stiffeners must be
provided for all field web splices.
7. Gusset plates attaching lateral bra.;;ing to the webs of girders shall be bolted to the girder web. Also
a positive support system for the crossing of the lateral bracing diagonals shall be provided to
limit deflection of the bracing ~;ystem.
I
I
I
E-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
8. All gusset plates shall be attached to the flanges of steel girders and rolled sections in accordance
with AASHTO Section 10.20.1.
E. SEISMIC DESIGN
1. New bridges and widened portions of existing bridges shall be designed for seismic performance
category "A",
RETAINING WALIlS - MECHANICALLY STABILIZED EMBANKMENT WALLS
I
I
I. The Consultant shall coordinate the design of the retaining wall with the Reinforced Earth
Wall Company, the Retained Earth Wall Company, the Doublewall Corporation, and other
proprietary wall companies as designated by the Department. The Consultant shall furnish
the wall companies with the approved preliminary wall layout sheets for the walls and all
roadway plans concerning the walls.
2. The Consultant shall provide the wall companies with the following information for those
walls used as bridge abutments:
I
a. The location of the beams;
b. The magnitude of the dead load and live load reactions, both horizontal and vertical; and
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
c. Sketches indicating the location of the bridge end bent in relation to the wall.
3. The Consultant shall promptly furnish by letter to the wall companies any revision in the
wall data, such as adjustment of the top or bottom of wall elevations, or begin or end wall
stations.
4. The Consultant shall deE.ign and prepare construction plans for the Georgia Stabilized
Embankment (GAS E) walls that include the following information:
a. A Plan and Elevation f;heet or sheets for each wall which contains the following:
I
(l) An Elevation view of the wall drawn to a scale of 1"= 10' which shall indicate the
elevation at the top of the wall (parapet, coping, or traffic barrier) at all horizontal
and vertical break points and at least every 100 feet along the wall, elevations at top
of the leveling pad, distance along face of wall to all steps in leveling pads, distance
along face of wall to all steps in leveling pads, designation as to the type of panel,
length of mesh a:1d distance along face of wall to where changes in length of the
mesh occur, and an indication of original and final ground line.
(2) A Plan view of the wall which shall indicate the offset from construction baseline to
face of wall at the changes in horizontal alignment, limits of mesh, right-of-way
limits behind a wall with offsets and stations to corners, location and height of noise
walls, location of signs and light standards that are near a wall by station and offsets,
and centerline of drainage and utilities behind and passing through or under walls.
b. General notes required for constructing the wall.
I
c. All horizontal and vertical curve data affecting the wall shall be given.
I
E-5
I
I
I
d. All details for parapets, coping and traffic barriers shall be shown including reinforcing
bar bending details.
e. All details necessary for attaching light standards and noise walls shall be shown.
I
f. All details for leveling pads shall be shown including details for steps in leveling pads.
I
g. Details of typical and special panels shall be included which shall indicate all dimensions
necessary to fabricate the panels.
I
h. All panels used in the construction of a wall shall be designated on the Elevation view
for the wall.
I
1. All details for construction walls around bridge bents, drainage facilities, and sign
footings shall be clearly indicated. Particular attention shall be given to accommodating
wall construction around end bent piles.
I
J. The plans shall contain a Table of Quantities for each wall. The Table of Quantities
shall list all of the pay items and their quantities that are necessary to bid and construct
the wall.
I
5. The Consultant shall review the soils investigation report furnished by the Department for
possible unstable wall conditions. The Consultant shall discuss any questionable sites with
the Depar1ment prior to final design and detailing of the wall. The Department will review
the questionable sites and will direct the Consultant as to how to proceed with the design.
I
I
6. The Consultant shall make e:very effort to provide the most economical wall.
I
I
7. The Consultant shall review the wall plans prepared by the MSE wall companies for
completeness and accuracy. Information required in item 4, above, shall be provided for
panels or modules, straps or mesh, foundations or leveling pads used in the MSE wall plans.
Some spec.ific items to be considered in the review are as follows:
a. Check to make sure all alternates agree with top of wall elevations and are horizontally
aligned as per roadway plans.
I
b. Check to make sure all alternates begin and end within close proximity of the Plan and
Elevation prepared by the Consultant.
I
I
c. Check to make sure wall construction shall be within set right-of-way limits.
d. Check to make sure all alternates have bottom of wall elevations set correctly and they
don't infringe on the wall envelope.
e. Check noise wall, light standard and drainage details.
I
f. Coordinate wall details with bridge end details.
g. Ensure that bridge abutments at MSE walls are mechanically separate from the wall, and
I
h. Check construction sequence with roadway plans.
I
E-G
I
I
I
8. At the time the wall plans are submitted to the Consultant for review, they shall be
accompanied with a set of Design Notes for the walls. The notes shall be clearly legible and
shall include an explanation of any symbols and computer programs used in designing the
walls. The notes shall account for the effects of noise walls, traffic barriers, parapets, signs,
light standards, and bridge reactions.
I
I
9. When the GASE plans are submitted to the Department for initial review, the Plans shall be
completely detailed with all notes and quantities. The initial submission shall consist of four
sets of Plans for Interstate Projects and three sets of Plans for other projects. The Initial
Review Plans of the GASE wall, including a blue line of the MSE walls, shall be submitted
to the Department at least three weeks before the Pinal Plans due date. The Department shall
return one set of Plans with comments and corrections indicated. When all corrections have
been made, one set of mylar sepias and one set of blue lines and half size prints of the GASE
and MSE wall plans shall be forwarded to the Department.
I
I
10. The Consultant shall prepare and submit the Retaining Wall Summary of Quantities Sheet
when the walls are complete and submitted.
I
11. After the project has been let to Contract, the Consultant shall review actual ground
elevations, as provided by the Department, to determine whether the plan details meet all
minimum wall requirements at its location. A written statement of the wall's acceptability
shall be submitted to the Department.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E-7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
APPENDIX "F"
GUIDELINES FOR ELECTRONIC BRIDGE PLAN SUBMISSION
Electronic plan submission to the Officl~ of Bridge and Structural Design shall conform to the following:
1. Microstation 32 (Clix) or Microstation PC/DOS Cadd operating system shall be used.
2. Files, cells and user commands will be supplied by the Bridge Office. See Files, Cells and User
Commands Provided by the Bridge Office".
3. Seed design file shall be brseed.dgn.
4. Bridge fonts 2 and 49 shall be used as shown in fonts.dgn. Examples of fonts and special
symbols are shown in fonts.dgn.
5. Levels and line criteria shall be: used as shown in Iines.dgn. A detailed explanation of line codes
and associated user commands is shown in lines.dgn.
6. Brpen.tbl will be provided for plotting purposes. Brpen.tbl is provided as an example.
7. Bridge design cells or modified versions as necessary shall be used, particularly cells for rebars
and arrowheads (line terminators).
8. a) General Notes shall be created using the V AX programs BRNOTES and BRRUNOFF to
create text files to be "included" into the design file with the user command gen.ucm.
b) Bar reinforcing schedules shall be created using the V AX programs BRRBAR and
BRCONVERT to create text files to be "included" into the design file with the user commend
reb.ucm. and incorporated with the cells rebar 1, rebar 2, and rebar 3. Example of bar
reinforcement tables is shown in rebar.dgn.
c) Access to the VAX programs BRNOTES, BRRUNOFF, BRRBAR, and BRCONVERT will
be provided by the bridge office.
d) Access to the VAX drawing programs BRGMINT, BRDECK, BREBENT, and BRJBNT will
be provided by the bridge office. An ISIF translation utility will be required to translate the
output from these programs into design files.
9. Cell Cbord shall be used to create sheet borders. Outer border size shall be 36" x 23".
10. Each design file shall contain one bridge sheet only. See "Naming of Files for Bridge Plans".
11. "Reference files" and "shared cells" shall not be used because of the difficulty III
transi ti on/transla ti on.
12. Final plan electronic submissions shall be furnished on 3 1/2" micro-floppy diskettes. Files shall
be in unix tar format or in PC/DOS format using no compression utility. Each disk shall be
labeled with the disk number, project number, bridge number and county name. Sheet design
files shall be loaded on disks in sequential order.
F-l
All file~ have been created for use on Microstation 32 (Clix) and may need some modification for use on
Microstation PC/DOS.
1. Design Files
brseed.dgn standard seed design file
fonts.dgn - design file showing fonts
lines.dgn - design file showing line parameters and associated user commands
reb.dgn design file showing rebar tables/border and title block
2. Miscellaneous Files and Cells
brcolr.tbl- color table
brfont.flb- font library
brfont.rsc- font resource file
cell library (this cell library must be used for drawing programs BRDECK,
BREBNT, and BRIBNT)
additional cell library
IPLOT pen tab~e (for use as example)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
bridge.cel
bridge2.cel
brpen.tbl -
3. User Commands
acllin.ucm
bmclin.ucm
cbmlin.ucm
ceblin.ucm
chdlin.ucm
cllin.ucm -
conlin.ucm
dimlin.ucm
ebrlin.ucm
gen.ucm -
grdlin.ucm
objlin.ucm
reb.ucm
sbmlin.ucm
sdilin.ucm
sthlin.ucm
stllin.ucm
xlin.ucm -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Files, Cells and User Commands Provided by the Bridge Office
alternate centerlines
beam cent<erlines
concrete beam lines
edge beam, etc. lines
concrete hidden lines
bridge centerlines
construction lines
dimension lines
existing bJidge lines
to "include" general notes into design file in proper format
ground lines
concrete (object) lines
to "include" rebar output tables into design file in proper format
steel beam lines
steel diaphragm lines
steel detail hidden lines
steel detail object lines
cross-ha tchlbreakl ines
F-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
1.
Name design files on a set of bridge plans using the following codes:
Naming of Files for Bridge Plans
CODE
pe
cs
gen
dp
ds
ut
tnlSC
dl
bdj
weld
bm
brg
bt(x)
abf
rb
SHEET DESCRIPTION
Plan and Elevation
Comtruction Sequence
General Notes
Deck Plan
Deck Sections
Utilities Details (if needed)
Miscellaneous Details (if needed)
Diaphragm Layout
Bridge Deck Joint
Welding Details
Beam Details
BeaJing Details
Bents-Replace (x) with Bent Number
As Built Foundation Details
Reinforcement Schedule
All design files shall be named in lower case letters with the .dgn qualifier. A number
designation or letter shall be placed after a sheet code when more than one sheet is needed to
detail a section of the bridge. See EXAMPLE sheet.
2.
All files shall be entered onto the file index sheet provided by the Bridge Office. A typed copy of
file index sheet(s) and diskette(s) shall be submitted to the Bridge Office with the final submittal.
A blank FILE INDEX ON DISKETTES sheet is provided in this appendix.
3.
F-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix "G"
Preliminary Cost Estimate
Design
Date: Prepared by:
Project: Filename:
P.1. No. Proj Length: Mi
Project Description: Traffic (ADT) Ovpd
Design Ovpd
Existing Roadway: Proposed Roadway:
A- Right Of Way
Subtotal $0
B. Utilities By Locals
Subtotal $0
C. Clearing and Grubbing Oac em $30,000 ac $0
Subtotal $0
D. Earthwork cu yd cut
cu yd fill
Unclassifiled Excavation
o cu vd em $5 cu vd $0
Subtotal $0
E. Base and paving .
GAB. o Ton @ $16Tn $0
Asph 12.5 mm o Ton @ $42 Tn $0
Asph 19 mm OTon @ $42 Tn $0
Asph 25 mm OTon @ $40 Tn $0
Levelling OTon @ $38 Tn $0
Tack Coat OGal @ $1.5091 $0
Subtotal $0
G-l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix "G"
F. Drainage
18" Storm Drain Pipe O@ $89 LF $0
Drop Inlet, GP 1 O@ $1,277 EA $0
Subtotal $0
G. Concrete work
Curb & Gutter Oft @ $30 LF $0
Valley Gutter o sq yd @ $38 sq yd $0
Sidewalk o sq yd @ $24 sq yd $0
Subtotal $0
H. Traffic control OLS la) $100,000 $0
Subtotal $0
I. Erosion Contn:>1 OLS @ $67,000 $0
Subtotal $0
J. Signs, Striping, Signals, & Lighting
Si~lning & Marking O@ $134,000 $0
Traffic signals
Reworked O@ $40,000 $0
New @ $0 $0
Lighting @ $214,000 $0
Subtotal $0
K. Grassing/Landscaping
Grassing Oac la) $2,471 $0
Subtotal $0
L. M iscellaneousi
Field Engineers OffiGe .O@ $32,000 $0
RI!~ht of Way markers O@ $45 $0
Subtotal $0
M. Major Structures
Subtotal $0
G-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Appendix "G"
ESTIMATE SUMMARY
A. Right of Way $0
B. Reimbursable Utilities By Locals
Construction Cost Summary
C. Clearing & Grubbing $0
D. Earthwork $0
E. Base & Paving $0
F. Drainage $0
G. Concrete Work $0
H. Traffic Control $0
I. E 'osion Control $0
J. Sign, Striping, Signals, Lighting $0
K. Grassing, Landscaping $0
L. Miscellaneous $0
M. Major Structures
T,otal Construction Estimate $0
"X" Year(s) of Inflation @ 5.00 % $0
10% E & C $0
Total Construction Estimate $0
Note: Consultant shall verify alij unit costs.
G-3
I
I
Appendix "H"
I
I
I
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY
Consultants Statement No.1
Project No: HP:P-NH-012-1(85)LP, Richmond County
P.I. No.: 621660
I
Consultant:
Jordan, Jones & Goulding, Inc.
2000 Clearview Ave.,
N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30340
Phone: 770455-fl555
Description: West Rome Bypass - Beginning
southeast of the Coos a River and extending 5.97
miles on new location and tieing to SR 20 west of
Rome.
I
I
I
GDOT Liaison: Wayne Mote
Notice to
Proceed: June ??, 2000
I
Slat,ment Dat', J nly ?, 2ro Coverine the Deriod from 6/??/2000 throue.h June 30 2000
PHASE TOltal Total This Total Amount Contract Contract Percent
Previous Invoice to Date Amount Balance ComDlete
Phase I
Concept Validation $100.00 $200.00 $300.00 $55 488.27 $55 488.27 1%
PHASE II
Database Preparation $200.00 $400.00 $600.00 $326,471.71 $325,871. 71 0%
PHASE III
Environmental Document
PHASE IV
Preliminary Plar.ls $400.00 $400.00 $800.00 $614,172.11 $415,104.56 00/0
PHASE V
Ripht of Way Plans $500.00 $500.00 $1,000.00 $166,012.56 $165,012.56 1%
PHASE VI
Final Consort. PI ans $600.00 $600.00 $1.200.00 $415,704.56 $414,504.56 0%
PHASE VII
Shop Drawine. Review $700.00 $700.00 $1.400.00 $12,901.44 $415,104.56 11%
PHASE VIR
Misc. Services $800.00 $800.00 $1,600.00 $94,863.76 $93,263.76 2%
]:00.0
Total Amount Due 0 $3,000.00 $6,000.00 $1,685,614.41 $1,679,614.41 0%
Current Monthlv Earnin2s 3000
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
H-I
- - - -.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Appendix "I"
DBE PARTICIPATION REPORT
PROJECT NO. - - COUNTY REPORT NO.
PRIME CONSULTANT DATE
-
AUTH DATE
CONTRACT AMOUNT ATTACHMENT TO STATEMENT NO
% DBE GOAL DBE AMOUNT
ORIGINAL SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT EARNINGS TO DATE
DBE DESCRIPTION OF WORK RACE NEUTRAL RACE CONSCIOUS RACE NEUTRAL RACE CONSCIOUS
TOTAL
The consultant is to indicate the am~unt of DBE participation that is "race neutral" and the amount that is "race conscious" in the appropriate column.
RACE CONSCIOUS: DBE participation that was utilize.d specifically to meet the proposed contract goal or portion thereof.
RACE NEUTRAL: DBE participation that would have been utilized in the absence of any contract goal provisions.
PRIME CONSULT ANT
FOR DEPARTMENT USE ONLY:
THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REVIEWED AT THE PROJECT LEVEL BY:
SIGNED TITLE
% OF CONTRACT
DBE EARNINGS AS A
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE STATEMENT IS TRUE AND
CORRECT AND THAT SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION IS ON FILE
AND IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION BY DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL
AT ANYTIME.
SIGNED
1-1
REMARKS